Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in config
tc-alpha.c revision 1.7
      1  1.1  christos /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
      2  1.7  christos    Copyright (C) 1989-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3  1.1  christos    Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
      4  1.1  christos    Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
      5  1.1  christos    Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
      6  1.1  christos    Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
      7  1.1  christos    Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
      8  1.1  christos 
      9  1.1  christos    This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
     10  1.1  christos 
     11  1.1  christos    GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     12  1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     13  1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
     14  1.1  christos    any later version.
     15  1.1  christos 
     16  1.1  christos    GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     17  1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     18  1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     19  1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     20  1.1  christos 
     21  1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     22  1.1  christos    along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
     23  1.1  christos    Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
     24  1.1  christos    02110-1301, USA.  */
     25  1.1  christos 
     26  1.1  christos /* Mach Operating System
     27  1.1  christos    Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
     28  1.1  christos    All Rights Reserved.
     29  1.1  christos 
     30  1.1  christos    Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
     31  1.1  christos    documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
     32  1.1  christos    notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
     33  1.1  christos    software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
     34  1.1  christos    thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
     35  1.1  christos 
     36  1.1  christos    CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
     37  1.1  christos    CONDITION.  CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
     38  1.1  christos    ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
     39  1.1  christos 
     40  1.1  christos    Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
     41  1.1  christos 
     42  1.1  christos     Software Distribution Coordinator  or  Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
     43  1.1  christos     School of Computer Science
     44  1.1  christos     Carnegie Mellon University
     45  1.1  christos     Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
     46  1.1  christos 
     47  1.1  christos    any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
     48  1.1  christos    rights to redistribute these changes.  */
     49  1.1  christos 
     50  1.1  christos #include "as.h"
     51  1.1  christos #include "subsegs.h"
     52  1.1  christos #include "ecoff.h"
     53  1.1  christos 
     54  1.1  christos #include "opcode/alpha.h"
     55  1.1  christos 
     56  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
     57  1.1  christos #include "elf/alpha.h"
     58  1.1  christos #endif
     59  1.1  christos 
     60  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     61  1.1  christos #include "vms.h"
     62  1.1  christos #include "vms/egps.h"
     63  1.1  christos #endif
     64  1.1  christos 
     65  1.1  christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
     66  1.1  christos #include "dw2gencfi.h"
     67  1.1  christos #include "safe-ctype.h"
     68  1.1  christos 
     69  1.1  christos /* Local types.  */
     71  1.1  christos 
     72  1.1  christos #define TOKENIZE_ERROR 		-1
     73  1.1  christos #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT	-2
     74  1.1  christos #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS		 2
     75  1.1  christos #define MAX_INSN_ARGS		 5
     76  1.1  christos 
     77  1.1  christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
     78  1.1  christos    file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
     79  1.1  christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
     80  1.1  christos 
     81  1.1  christos struct alpha_fixup
     82  1.1  christos {
     83  1.1  christos   expressionS exp;
     84  1.1  christos   /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
     85  1.1  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
     86  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
     87  1.1  christos   /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section.  */
     88  1.1  christos   symbolS *xtrasym;
     89  1.1  christos 
     90  1.1  christos   /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor.  */
     91  1.1  christos   symbolS *procsym;
     92  1.1  christos #endif
     93  1.1  christos };
     94  1.1  christos 
     95  1.1  christos struct alpha_insn
     96  1.1  christos {
     97  1.1  christos   unsigned insn;
     98  1.1  christos   int nfixups;
     99  1.1  christos   struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
    100  1.1  christos   long sequence;
    101  1.1  christos };
    102  1.1  christos 
    103  1.1  christos enum alpha_macro_arg
    104  1.1  christos   {
    105  1.1  christos     MACRO_EOA = 1,
    106  1.1  christos     MACRO_IR,
    107  1.1  christos     MACRO_PIR,
    108  1.1  christos     MACRO_OPIR,
    109  1.1  christos     MACRO_CPIR,
    110  1.1  christos     MACRO_FPR,
    111  1.1  christos     MACRO_EXP
    112  1.1  christos   };
    113  1.1  christos 
    114  1.1  christos struct alpha_macro
    115  1.1  christos {
    116  1.1  christos   const char *name;
    117  1.1  christos   void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *);
    118  1.1  christos   const void * arg;
    119  1.1  christos   enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
    120  1.1  christos };
    121  1.1  christos 
    122  1.1  christos /* Extra expression types.  */
    123  1.1  christos 
    124  1.1  christos #define O_pregister	O_md1	/* O_register, in parentheses.  */
    125  1.1  christos #define O_cpregister	O_md2	/* + a leading comma.  */
    126  1.1  christos 
    127  1.1  christos /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these.  */
    128  1.1  christos #define O_literal	O_md3		/* !literal relocation.  */
    129  1.1  christos #define O_lituse_addr	O_md4		/* !lituse_addr relocation.  */
    130  1.1  christos #define O_lituse_base	O_md5		/* !lituse_base relocation.  */
    131  1.1  christos #define O_lituse_bytoff	O_md6		/* !lituse_bytoff relocation.  */
    132  1.1  christos #define O_lituse_jsr	O_md7		/* !lituse_jsr relocation.  */
    133  1.1  christos #define O_lituse_tlsgd	O_md8		/* !lituse_tlsgd relocation.  */
    134  1.1  christos #define O_lituse_tlsldm	O_md9		/* !lituse_tlsldm relocation.  */
    135  1.1  christos #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10	/* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation.  */
    136  1.1  christos #define O_gpdisp	O_md11		/* !gpdisp relocation.  */
    137  1.1  christos #define O_gprelhigh	O_md12		/* !gprelhigh relocation.  */
    138  1.1  christos #define O_gprellow	O_md13		/* !gprellow relocation.  */
    139  1.1  christos #define O_gprel		O_md14		/* !gprel relocation.  */
    140  1.1  christos #define O_samegp	O_md15		/* !samegp relocation.  */
    141  1.1  christos #define O_tlsgd		O_md16		/* !tlsgd relocation.  */
    142  1.1  christos #define O_tlsldm	O_md17		/* !tlsldm relocation.  */
    143  1.1  christos #define O_gotdtprel	O_md18		/* !gotdtprel relocation.  */
    144  1.1  christos #define O_dtprelhi	O_md19		/* !dtprelhi relocation.  */
    145  1.1  christos #define O_dtprello	O_md20		/* !dtprello relocation.  */
    146  1.1  christos #define O_dtprel	O_md21		/* !dtprel relocation.  */
    147  1.1  christos #define O_gottprel	O_md22		/* !gottprel relocation.  */
    148  1.1  christos #define O_tprelhi	O_md23		/* !tprelhi relocation.  */
    149  1.1  christos #define O_tprello	O_md24		/* !tprello relocation.  */
    150  1.1  christos #define O_tprel		O_md25		/* !tprel relocation.  */
    151  1.1  christos 
    152  1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
    153  1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
    154  1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
    155  1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR		(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
    156  1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
    157  1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
    158  1.1  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT	(BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
    159  1.1  christos 
    160  1.1  christos #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
    161  1.1  christos 
    162  1.1  christos /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens.  */
    163  1.1  christos 
    164  1.1  christos #define is_ir_num(x)		(((x) & 32) == 0)
    165  1.1  christos #define is_fpr_num(x)		(((x) & 32) != 0)
    166  1.1  christos #define regno(x)		((x) & 31)
    167  1.1  christos 
    168  1.1  christos /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler.  */
    169  1.1  christos 
    170  1.1  christos #define note_gpreg(R)		(alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    171  1.1  christos #define note_fpreg(R)		(alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
    172  1.1  christos 
    173  1.1  christos /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
    174  1.1  christos /* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when
    175  1.1  christos    cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2.  */
    176  1.1  christos 
    177  1.1  christos #if 1
    178  1.1  christos #define range_signed_16(x) \
    179  1.1  christos 	(((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1)
    180  1.1  christos #define range_signed_32(x) \
    181  1.1  christos 	(((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1)
    182  1.1  christos #else
    183  1.1  christos #define range_signed_16(x)	((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 &&	\
    184  1.1  christos 				 (offsetT) (x) <=  (offsetT) 0x7FFF)
    185  1.1  christos #define range_signed_32(x)	((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \
    186  1.1  christos 				 (offsetT) (x) <=  (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF)
    187  1.1  christos #endif
    188  1.1  christos 
    189  1.1  christos /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits.  */
    190  1.1  christos /* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
    191  1.1  christos    but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms.  */
    192  1.1  christos 
    193  1.1  christos #if 1
    194  1.1  christos #define sign_extend_16(x)	((short) (x))
    195  1.1  christos #define sign_extend_32(x)	((int) (x))
    196  1.1  christos #else
    197  1.1  christos #define sign_extend_16(x)	((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
    198  1.1  christos #define sign_extend_32(x)	((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
    199  1.1  christos 					   ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
    200  1.1  christos #endif
    201  1.1  christos 
    202  1.1  christos /* Macros to build tokens.  */
    203  1.1  christos 
    204  1.1  christos #define set_tok_reg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    205  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    206  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    207  1.1  christos #define set_tok_preg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    208  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_pregister,		\
    209  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    210  1.1  christos #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    211  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_cpregister,		\
    212  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (r))
    213  1.1  christos #define set_tok_freg(t, r)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    214  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_register,			\
    215  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
    216  1.1  christos #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    217  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_symbol,			\
    218  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_symbol = (s),		\
    219  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (a))
    220  1.1  christos #define set_tok_const(t, n)	(memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)),		\
    221  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_op = O_constant,			\
    222  1.1  christos 				 (t).X_add_number = (n))
    223  1.1  christos 
    224  1.1  christos /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
    226  1.1  christos    targets.  */
    227  1.1  christos 
    228  1.1  christos /* Characters which always start a comment.  */
    229  1.1  christos const char comment_chars[] = "#";
    230  1.1  christos 
    231  1.1  christos /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line.  */
    232  1.1  christos const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
    233  1.1  christos 
    234  1.1  christos /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
    235  1.1  christos    single line.  */
    236  1.1  christos const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
    237  1.1  christos 
    238  1.1  christos /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
    239  1.1  christos    point number.  */
    240  1.1  christos const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
    241  1.1  christos 
    242  1.1  christos /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
    243  1.5  christos    as in 0d1.0.  */
    244  1.1  christos /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha??  */
    245  1.1  christos const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
    246  1.1  christos 
    247  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    248  1.1  christos const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
    249  1.1  christos #else
    250  1.1  christos const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:";
    251  1.1  christos #endif
    252  1.1  christos 
    253  1.1  christos struct option md_longopts[] =
    254  1.1  christos   {
    255  1.1  christos #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
    256  1.1  christos     { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
    257  1.1  christos #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
    258  1.1  christos     { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
    259  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    260  1.1  christos #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    261  1.1  christos #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
    262  1.1  christos     { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
    263  1.1  christos     { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
    264  1.1  christos #endif
    265  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    266  1.1  christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
    267  1.3  christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
    268  1.1  christos     { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
    269  1.1  christos     { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
    270  1.1  christos #endif
    271  1.1  christos     { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
    272  1.1  christos   };
    273  1.1  christos 
    274  1.1  christos size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
    275  1.1  christos 
    276  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    278  1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_R0     0
    279  1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_R16    16
    280  1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_R17    17
    281  1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_T9
    282  1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_T9     22
    283  1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_T10
    284  1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_T10    23
    285  1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_T11
    286  1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_T11    24
    287  1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_T12
    288  1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_T12    25
    289  1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_AI     25
    290  1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_FP
    291  1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_FP     29
    292  1.1  christos 
    293  1.1  christos #undef AXP_REG_GP
    294  1.1  christos #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
    295  1.1  christos 
    296  1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
    297  1.1  christos 
    298  1.1  christos /* The cpu for which we are generating code.  */
    299  1.1  christos static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
    300  1.1  christos static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
    301  1.1  christos 
    302  1.1  christos /* The hash table of instruction opcodes.  */
    303  1.1  christos static struct hash_control *alpha_opcode_hash;
    304  1.1  christos 
    305  1.1  christos /* The hash table of macro opcodes.  */
    306  1.1  christos static struct hash_control *alpha_macro_hash;
    307  1.1  christos 
    308  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    309  1.1  christos /* The $gp relocation symbol.  */
    310  1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
    311  1.1  christos 
    312  1.1  christos /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
    313  1.1  christos valueT alpha_gp_value;
    314  1.1  christos #endif
    315  1.1  christos 
    316  1.1  christos /* The current $gp register.  */
    317  1.1  christos static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
    318  1.1  christos 
    319  1.1  christos /* A table of the register symbols.  */
    320  1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
    321  1.1  christos 
    322  1.1  christos /* Constant sections, or sections of constants.  */
    323  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    324  1.1  christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
    325  1.1  christos #endif
    326  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    327  1.1  christos segT alpha_link_section;
    328  1.1  christos #endif
    329  1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    330  1.1  christos static segT alpha_lit8_section;
    331  1.1  christos #endif
    332  1.1  christos 
    333  1.1  christos /* Symbols referring to said sections.  */
    334  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    335  1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
    336  1.1  christos #endif
    337  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    338  1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
    339  1.1  christos #endif
    340  1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    341  1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
    342  1.1  christos #endif
    343  1.1  christos 
    344  1.1  christos /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita.  */
    345  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
    346  1.1  christos static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
    347  1.1  christos #endif
    348  1.1  christos 
    349  1.1  christos /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at?  */
    350  1.1  christos static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
    351  1.1  christos 
    352  1.1  christos /* Are macros enabled?  */
    353  1.1  christos static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
    354  1.1  christos 
    355  1.1  christos /* Are floats disabled?  */
    356  1.1  christos static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
    357  1.1  christos 
    358  1.1  christos /* Are addresses 32 bit?  */
    359  1.1  christos static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
    360  1.1  christos 
    361  1.1  christos /* Symbol labelling the current insn.  When the Alpha gas sees
    362  1.1  christos      foo:
    363  1.1  christos        .quad 0
    364  1.1  christos    and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
    365  1.1  christos    will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary.  */
    366  1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
    367  1.1  christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
    368  1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
    369  1.1  christos #endif
    370  1.1  christos 
    371  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    372  1.1  christos /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction.  */
    373  1.1  christos static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
    374  1.1  christos #endif
    375  1.1  christos 
    376  1.1  christos /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
    377  1.1  christos    .align 0 will turn this off.  */
    378  1.1  christos static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
    379  1.1  christos 
    380  1.1  christos /* The known current alignment of the current section.  */
    381  1.1  christos static int alpha_current_align;
    382  1.1  christos 
    383  1.1  christos /* These are exported to ECOFF code.  */
    384  1.1  christos unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
    385  1.1  christos 
    386  1.1  christos /* Whether the debugging option was seen.  */
    387  1.1  christos static int alpha_debug;
    388  1.1  christos 
    389  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
    390  1.1  christos /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section.  */
    391  1.1  christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
    392  1.1  christos #endif
    393  1.1  christos 
    394  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    395  1.1  christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization.  */
    396  1.1  christos int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
    397  1.1  christos #endif
    398  1.1  christos 
    399  1.1  christos /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker.  */
    400  1.1  christos static int alpha_flag_relax;
    401  1.1  christos 
    402  1.1  christos /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size.  */
    403  1.1  christos static int g_switch_value = 8;
    404  1.1  christos 
    405  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    406  1.1  christos /* Collect information about current procedure here.  */
    407  1.1  christos struct alpha_evax_procs
    408  1.1  christos {
    409  1.1  christos   symbolS *symbol;	/* Proc pdesc symbol.  */
    410  1.1  christos   int pdsckind;
    411  1.1  christos   int framereg;		/* Register for frame pointer.  */
    412  1.1  christos   int framesize;	/* Size of frame.  */
    413  1.1  christos   int rsa_offset;
    414  1.1  christos   int ra_save;
    415  1.1  christos   int fp_save;
    416  1.1  christos   long imask;
    417  1.1  christos   long fmask;
    418  1.1  christos   int type;
    419  1.1  christos   int prologue;
    420  1.1  christos   symbolS *handler;
    421  1.1  christos   int handler_data;
    422  1.1  christos };
    423  1.1  christos 
    424  1.1  christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups.  */
    425  1.1  christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
    426  1.1  christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
    427  1.1  christos 
    428  1.1  christos /* Current procedure descriptor.  */
    429  1.1  christos static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
    430  1.1  christos static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
    431  1.1  christos 
    432  1.1  christos static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0;		/* -+ */
    433  1.1  christos static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0;		/* -H */
    434  1.1  christos 
    435  1.1  christos /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
    436  1.1  christos    longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated.  */
    437  1.1  christos 
    438  1.1  christos #endif
    439  1.1  christos 
    440  1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    442  1.1  christos /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
    443  1.1  christos    bfd_reloc_code_real_type type.  The table is assumed to be ordered such
    444  1.1  christos    that op-O_literal indexes into it.  */
    445  1.1  christos 
    446  1.1  christos #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op)						\
    447  1.1  christos (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op))					\
    448  1.1  christos 		  ? (abort (), 0)					\
    449  1.1  christos 		  : (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ])
    450  1.1  christos 
    451  1.1  christos #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
    452  1.1  christos  { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
    453  1.1  christos 
    454  1.1  christos static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
    455  1.1  christos {
    456  1.1  christos   const char *name;				/* String to lookup.  */
    457  1.1  christos   size_t length;				/* Size of the string.  */
    458  1.1  christos   operatorT op;					/* Which operator to use.  */
    459  1.1  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    460  1.1  christos   unsigned int require_seq : 1;			/* Require a sequence number.  */
    461  1.1  christos   unsigned int allow_seq : 1;			/* Allow a sequence number.  */
    462  1.1  christos }
    463  1.1  christos alpha_reloc_op[] =
    464  1.1  christos {
    465  1.1  christos   DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
    466  1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
    467  1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
    468  1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
    469  1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
    470  1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
    471  1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
    472  1.1  christos   DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
    473  1.1  christos   DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
    474  1.1  christos   DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    475  1.1  christos   DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    476  1.1  christos   DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
    477  1.1  christos   DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
    478  1.1  christos   DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
    479  1.1  christos   DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
    480  1.1  christos   DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
    481  1.1  christos   DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    482  1.1  christos   DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    483  1.1  christos   DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
    484  1.1  christos   DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
    485  1.1  christos   DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
    486  1.1  christos   DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
    487  1.1  christos   DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
    488  1.1  christos };
    489  1.1  christos 
    490  1.1  christos #undef DEF
    491  1.1  christos 
    492  1.1  christos static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
    493  1.1  christos   = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
    494  1.1  christos #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    495  1.1  christos 
    496  1.1  christos /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #.  */
    497  1.1  christos #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
    498  1.1  christos 
    499  1.1  christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information.  */
    500  1.1  christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
    501  1.1  christos {
    502  1.1  christos   fixS *master;			/* The literal reloc.  */
    503  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    504  1.1  christos   struct symbol *sym;		/* Linkage section item symbol.  */
    505  1.1  christos   struct symbol *psym;		/* Pdesc symbol.  */
    506  1.1  christos #endif
    507  1.1  christos   fixS *slaves;			/* Head of linked list of lituses.  */
    508  1.1  christos   segT segment;			/* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section.  */
    509  1.1  christos   long sequence;		/* Sequence #.  */
    510  1.1  christos   unsigned n_master;		/* # of literals.  */
    511  1.1  christos   unsigned n_slaves;		/* # of lituses.  */
    512  1.1  christos   unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1;	/* True if ...  */
    513  1.1  christos   unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
    514  1.1  christos   unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
    515  1.1  christos   unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
    516  1.1  christos   unsigned multi_section_p : 1;	/* True if more than one section was used.  */
    517  1.1  christos   char string[1];		/* Printable form of sequence to hash with.  */
    518  1.1  christos };
    519  1.1  christos 
    520  1.1  christos /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse.  */
    521  1.1  christos static struct hash_control *alpha_literal_hash;
    522  1.1  christos 
    523  1.1  christos /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros.  */
    524  1.1  christos static long next_sequence_num = -1;
    525  1.1  christos 
    526  1.1  christos /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets.  */
    528  1.1  christos 
    529  1.1  christos static const struct cpu_type
    530  1.1  christos {
    531  1.1  christos   const char *name;
    532  1.1  christos   unsigned flags;
    533  1.1  christos }
    534  1.1  christos cpu_types[] =
    535  1.1  christos {
    536  1.1  christos   /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
    537  1.1  christos      This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
    538  1.1  christos      usage in MILO that does -m21064.  Probably something more
    539  1.1  christos      specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well.  */
    540  1.1  christos 
    541  1.1  christos   { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    542  1.1  christos   { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    543  1.1  christos   { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    544  1.1  christos   { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
    545  1.1  christos   { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
    546  1.1  christos   { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    547  1.1  christos   { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    548  1.1  christos 		|AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
    549  1.1  christos   { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    550  1.1  christos 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    551  1.1  christos   { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    552  1.1  christos 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    553  1.1  christos   { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
    554  1.1  christos 	      |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
    555  1.1  christos 
    556  1.1  christos   { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    557  1.1  christos   { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    558  1.1  christos   { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    559  1.1  christos   { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    560  1.1  christos   { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
    561  1.1  christos   { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
    562  1.1  christos   { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    563  1.1  christos   { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    564  1.1  christos   { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
    565  1.1  christos 
    566  1.1  christos   { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
    567  1.1  christos   { 0, 0 }
    568  1.1  christos };
    569  1.1  christos 
    570  1.1  christos /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size).  */
    571  1.1  christos static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
    572  1.1  christos static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
    573  1.1  christos static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL,    "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
    574  1.1  christos static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
    575  1.1  christos static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL,    "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
    576  1.1  christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
    577  1.1  christos static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL,    "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
    578  1.1  christos static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
    579  1.1  christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
    580  1.5  christos 
    581  1.1  christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
    582  1.1  christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
    583  1.1  christos static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
    584  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    585  1.1  christos static const char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
    586  1.1  christos static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
    587  1.1  christos #endif
    588  1.1  christos 
    589  1.1  christos static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
    591  1.1  christos get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
    592  1.1  christos {
    593  1.1  christos   char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
    594  1.1  christos   struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
    595  1.1  christos 
    596  1.1  christos   sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
    597  1.1  christos 
    598  1.1  christos   info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
    599  1.1  christos   if (! info)
    600  1.1  christos     {
    601  1.1  christos       size_t len = strlen (buffer);
    602  1.1  christos       const char *errmsg;
    603  1.1  christos 
    604  1.1  christos       info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *)
    605  1.1  christos           xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
    606  1.1  christos 
    607  1.1  christos       info->segment = now_seg;
    608  1.1  christos       info->sequence = sequence;
    609  1.1  christos       strcpy (info->string, buffer);
    610  1.1  christos       errmsg = hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, (void *) info);
    611  1.1  christos       if (errmsg)
    612  1.1  christos 	as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
    613  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
    614  1.1  christos       info->sym = 0;
    615  1.1  christos       info->psym = 0;
    616  1.1  christos #endif
    617  1.1  christos     }
    618  1.1  christos 
    619  1.1  christos   return info;
    620  1.1  christos }
    621  1.1  christos 
    622  1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
    623  1.1  christos 
    624  1.1  christos static void
    625  1.1  christos alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    626  1.1  christos 		     asection *sec,
    627  1.1  christos 		     void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    628  1.1  christos {
    629  1.1  christos   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
    630  1.1  christos   fixS **prevP;
    631  1.1  christos   fixS *fixp;
    632  1.1  christos   fixS *next;
    633  1.1  christos   fixS *slave;
    634  1.1  christos 
    635  1.1  christos   /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
    636  1.1  christos      anything with it.  By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
    637  1.1  christos      the links in place.  */
    638  1.1  christos   if (seginfo == NULL)
    639  1.1  christos     return;
    640  1.1  christos 
    641  1.1  christos   /* If there are no relocations, skip the section.  */
    642  1.1  christos   if (! seginfo->fix_root)
    643  1.1  christos     return;
    644  1.1  christos 
    645  1.1  christos   /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
    646  1.1  christos      gpdisp_lo16 relocs.  */
    647  1.1  christos   prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
    648  1.1  christos   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    649  1.1  christos     {
    650  1.1  christos       next = fixp->fx_next;
    651  1.1  christos       fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0;
    652  1.1  christos 
    653  1.1  christos       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    654  1.1  christos 	{
    655  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
    656  1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    657  1.1  christos 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    658  1.1  christos 			  _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
    659  1.1  christos 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    660  1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    661  1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
    662  1.1  christos 	    {
    663  1.1  christos 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
    664  1.1  christos 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    665  1.1  christos 			      _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
    666  1.1  christos 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    667  1.1  christos 	    }
    668  1.1  christos 	  else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
    669  1.1  christos 	    {
    670  1.1  christos 	      if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
    671  1.1  christos 		as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    672  1.1  christos 			      _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
    673  1.1  christos 			      fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    674  1.1  christos 	    }
    675  1.1  christos #endif
    676  1.1  christos 	  break;
    677  1.1  christos 
    678  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
    679  1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    680  1.1  christos 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    681  1.1  christos 			  _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    682  1.1  christos 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    683  1.1  christos 	  break;
    684  1.1  christos 
    685  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    686  1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    687  1.1  christos 	      && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
    688  1.1  christos 	          || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
    689  1.1  christos 	    break;
    690  1.1  christos 	  /* FALLTHRU */
    691  1.1  christos 
    692  1.1  christos 	default:
    693  1.1  christos 	  *prevP = fixp;
    694  1.1  christos 	  prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
    695  1.1  christos 	  break;
    696  1.1  christos 	}
    697  1.1  christos     }
    698  1.1  christos 
    699  1.1  christos   /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations.  They are currently
    700  1.1  christos      linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
    701  1.1  christos      go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
    702  1.1  christos      once again.
    703  1.1  christos 
    704  1.1  christos      Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
    705  1.1  christos      number.  In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
    706  1.1  christos      how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
    707  1.1  christos      get the relaxation correct.
    708  1.6  christos 
    709  1.1  christos      ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
    710  1.1  christos      we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
    711  1.1  christos      present.  Not implemented.
    712  1.1  christos 
    713  1.1  christos      Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
    714  1.1  christos      in different segments.  This can happen with "interesting" uses of
    715  1.1  christos      inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores.  */
    716  1.1  christos 
    717  1.1  christos   for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
    718  1.1  christos     {
    719  1.1  christos       next = fixp->fx_next;
    720  1.1  christos       switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
    721  1.1  christos 	{
    722  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
    723  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
    724  1.1  christos 	  if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
    725  1.1  christos 	    break;
    726  1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
    727  1.1  christos 	    break;
    728  1.1  christos 	  else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
    729  1.1  christos 	    {
    730  1.1  christos 	      as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    731  1.1  christos 			    _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
    732  1.1  christos 			    fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
    733  1.1  christos 			    (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
    734  1.1  christos 			     ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
    735  1.1  christos 	      break;
    736  1.1  christos 	    }
    737  1.1  christos 
    738  1.1  christos 	  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    739  1.1  christos 	  fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
    740  1.1  christos 	  fixp = fixp->fx_next;
    741  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
    742  1.1  christos 
    743  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
    744  1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
    745  1.1  christos 	      && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
    746  1.1  christos 	      && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
    747  1.1  christos 	    {
    748  1.1  christos 	      for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    749  1.1  christos 		   slave != (fixS *) 0;
    750  1.1  christos 		   slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
    751  1.1  christos 		{
    752  1.1  christos 		  slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
    753  1.1  christos 		  fixp->fx_next = slave;
    754  1.1  christos 		}
    755  1.1  christos 	    }
    756  1.1  christos 	  break;
    757  1.1  christos 
    758  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
    759  1.1  christos 	  if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
    760  1.1  christos 	    as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
    761  1.1  christos 			  _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
    762  1.1  christos 			  fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
    763  1.1  christos 	  else
    764  1.1  christos 	    {
    765  1.1  christos 	      slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
    766  1.1  christos 	      slave->fx_next = next;
    767  1.1  christos 	      fixp->fx_next = slave;
    768  1.1  christos 	    }
    769  1.1  christos 	  break;
    770  1.1  christos 
    771  1.1  christos 	default:
    772  1.1  christos 	  break;
    773  1.1  christos 	}
    774  1.1  christos     }
    775  1.1  christos }
    776  1.1  christos 
    777  1.1  christos /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
    778  1.1  christos    supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
    779  1.1  christos    relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations.  */
    780  1.1  christos 
    781  1.1  christos void
    782  1.1  christos alpha_before_fix (void)
    783  1.1  christos {
    784  1.1  christos   if (alpha_literal_hash)
    785  1.1  christos     bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
    786  1.1  christos }
    787  1.1  christos 
    788  1.1  christos #endif
    789  1.1  christos 
    790  1.1  christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    792  1.1  christos static void
    793  1.1  christos debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
    794  1.1  christos {
    795  1.1  christos   int i;
    796  1.1  christos 
    797  1.1  christos   fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
    798  1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
    799  1.1  christos     {
    800  1.1  christos       expressionS *t = &tok[i];
    801  1.1  christos       const char *name;
    802  1.1  christos 
    803  1.1  christos       switch (t->X_op)
    804  1.1  christos 	{
    805  1.1  christos 	default:			name = "unknown";		break;
    806  1.1  christos 	case O_illegal:			name = "O_illegal";		break;
    807  1.1  christos 	case O_absent:			name = "O_absent";		break;
    808  1.1  christos 	case O_constant:		name = "O_constant";		break;
    809  1.1  christos 	case O_symbol:			name = "O_symbol";		break;
    810  1.1  christos 	case O_symbol_rva:		name = "O_symbol_rva";		break;
    811  1.1  christos 	case O_register:		name = "O_register";		break;
    812  1.1  christos 	case O_big:			name = "O_big";			break;
    813  1.1  christos 	case O_uminus:			name = "O_uminus";		break;
    814  1.1  christos 	case O_bit_not:			name = "O_bit_not";		break;
    815  1.1  christos 	case O_logical_not:		name = "O_logical_not";		break;
    816  1.1  christos 	case O_multiply:		name = "O_multiply";		break;
    817  1.1  christos 	case O_divide:			name = "O_divide";		break;
    818  1.1  christos 	case O_modulus:			name = "O_modulus";		break;
    819  1.1  christos 	case O_left_shift:		name = "O_left_shift";		break;
    820  1.1  christos 	case O_right_shift:		name = "O_right_shift";		break;
    821  1.1  christos 	case O_bit_inclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_inclusive_or";	break;
    822  1.1  christos 	case O_bit_or_not:		name = "O_bit_or_not";		break;
    823  1.1  christos 	case O_bit_exclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_exclusive_or";	break;
    824  1.1  christos 	case O_bit_and:			name = "O_bit_and";		break;
    825  1.1  christos 	case O_add:			name = "O_add";			break;
    826  1.1  christos 	case O_subtract:		name = "O_subtract";		break;
    827  1.1  christos 	case O_eq:			name = "O_eq";			break;
    828  1.1  christos 	case O_ne:			name = "O_ne";			break;
    829  1.1  christos 	case O_lt:			name = "O_lt";			break;
    830  1.1  christos 	case O_le:			name = "O_le";			break;
    831  1.1  christos 	case O_ge:			name = "O_ge";			break;
    832  1.1  christos 	case O_gt:			name = "O_gt";			break;
    833  1.1  christos 	case O_logical_and:		name = "O_logical_and";		break;
    834  1.1  christos 	case O_logical_or:		name = "O_logical_or";		break;
    835  1.1  christos 	case O_index:			name = "O_index";		break;
    836  1.1  christos 	case O_pregister:		name = "O_pregister";		break;
    837  1.1  christos 	case O_cpregister:		name = "O_cpregister";		break;
    838  1.1  christos 	case O_literal:			name = "O_literal";		break;
    839  1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_addr:		name = "O_lituse_addr";		break;
    840  1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_base:		name = "O_lituse_base";		break;
    841  1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_bytoff:		name = "O_lituse_bytoff";	break;
    842  1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_jsr:		name = "O_lituse_jsr";		break;
    843  1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_tlsgd:		name = "O_lituse_tlsgd";	break;
    844  1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_tlsldm:		name = "O_lituse_tlsldm";	break;
    845  1.1  christos 	case O_lituse_jsrdirect:	name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect";	break;
    846  1.1  christos 	case O_gpdisp:			name = "O_gpdisp";		break;
    847  1.1  christos 	case O_gprelhigh:		name = "O_gprelhigh";		break;
    848  1.1  christos 	case O_gprellow:		name = "O_gprellow";		break;
    849  1.1  christos 	case O_gprel:			name = "O_gprel";		break;
    850  1.1  christos 	case O_samegp:			name = "O_samegp";		break;
    851  1.1  christos 	case O_tlsgd:			name = "O_tlsgd";		break;
    852  1.1  christos 	case O_tlsldm:			name = "O_tlsldm";		break;
    853  1.1  christos 	case O_gotdtprel:		name = "O_gotdtprel";		break;
    854  1.1  christos 	case O_dtprelhi:		name = "O_dtprelhi";		break;
    855  1.1  christos 	case O_dtprello:		name = "O_dtprello";		break;
    856  1.1  christos 	case O_dtprel:			name = "O_dtprel";		break;
    857  1.1  christos 	case O_gottprel:		name = "O_gottprel";		break;
    858  1.1  christos 	case O_tprelhi:			name = "O_tprelhi";		break;
    859  1.1  christos 	case O_tprello:			name = "O_tprello";		break;
    860  1.1  christos 	case O_tprel:			name = "O_tprel";		break;
    861  1.1  christos 	}
    862  1.1  christos 
    863  1.1  christos       fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
    864  1.1  christos 	       (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
    865  1.1  christos 	       (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
    866  1.1  christos 	       (int) t->X_add_number);
    867  1.1  christos     }
    868  1.1  christos   fprintf (stderr, "\n");
    869  1.1  christos   fflush (stderr);
    870  1.1  christos }
    871  1.1  christos #endif
    872  1.1  christos 
    873  1.1  christos /* Parse the arguments to an opcode.  */
    874  1.1  christos 
    875  1.1  christos static int
    876  1.1  christos tokenize_arguments (char *str,
    877  1.1  christos 		    expressionS tok[],
    878  1.1  christos 		    int ntok)
    879  1.1  christos {
    880  1.1  christos   expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
    881  1.1  christos   char *old_input_line_pointer;
    882  1.1  christos   int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
    883  1.1  christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
    884  1.1  christos   expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
    885  1.1  christos #endif
    886  1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    887  1.1  christos   char *p;
    888  1.1  christos   const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
    889  1.1  christos   int c, i;
    890  1.1  christos   size_t len;
    891  1.1  christos   int reloc_found_p = 0;
    892  1.1  christos #endif
    893  1.1  christos 
    894  1.1  christos   memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
    895  1.1  christos 
    896  1.1  christos   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
    897  1.1  christos   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
    898  1.1  christos   input_line_pointer = str;
    899  1.1  christos 
    900  1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    901  1.1  christos   /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser.  */
    902  1.1  christos   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1;
    903  1.1  christos #endif
    904  1.1  christos 
    905  1.1  christos   while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
    906  1.1  christos     {
    907  1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    908  1.1  christos       switch (*input_line_pointer)
    909  1.1  christos 	{
    910  1.1  christos 	case '\0':
    911  1.1  christos 	  goto fini;
    912  1.1  christos 
    913  1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
    914  1.1  christos 	case '!':
    915  1.1  christos 	  /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
    916  1.1  christos 	     assembly language statement, and has the following form:
    917  1.1  christos 		!relocation_type!sequence_number.  */
    918  1.1  christos 	  if (reloc_found_p)
    919  1.1  christos 	    {
    920  1.1  christos 	      /* Only support one relocation op per insn.  */
    921  1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
    922  1.1  christos 	      goto err_report;
    923  1.3  christos 	    }
    924  1.1  christos 
    925  1.1  christos 	  if (!saw_arg)
    926  1.1  christos 	    goto err;
    927  1.1  christos 
    928  1.1  christos 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    929  1.1  christos 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    930  1.1  christos 	  c = get_symbol_name (&p);
    931  1.1  christos 
    932  1.1  christos 	  /* Parse !relocation_type.  */
    933  1.1  christos 	  len = input_line_pointer - p;
    934  1.1  christos 	  if (len == 0)
    935  1.1  christos 	    {
    936  1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
    937  1.1  christos 	      goto err_report;
    938  1.1  christos 	    }
    939  1.1  christos 
    940  1.1  christos 	  r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
    941  1.1  christos 	  for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
    942  1.1  christos 	    if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
    943  1.1  christos 	      break;
    944  1.3  christos 	  if (i < 0)
    945  1.1  christos 	    {
    946  1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
    947  1.1  christos 	      goto err_report;
    948  1.1  christos 	    }
    949  1.1  christos 
    950  1.1  christos 	  *input_line_pointer = c;
    951  1.1  christos 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
    952  1.1  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
    953  1.1  christos 	    {
    954  1.1  christos 	      if (r->require_seq)
    955  1.1  christos 		{
    956  1.1  christos 		  as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
    957  1.1  christos 		  goto err_report;
    958  1.1  christos 		}
    959  1.1  christos 
    960  1.1  christos 	      tok->X_add_number = 0;
    961  1.1  christos 	    }
    962  1.1  christos 	  else
    963  1.1  christos 	    {
    964  1.1  christos 	      if (! r->allow_seq)
    965  1.1  christos 		{
    966  1.1  christos 		  as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
    967  1.1  christos 		  goto err_report;
    968  1.1  christos 		}
    969  1.1  christos 
    970  1.1  christos 	      input_line_pointer++;
    971  1.1  christos 
    972  1.1  christos 	      /* Parse !sequence_number.  */
    973  1.1  christos 	      expression (tok);
    974  1.1  christos 	      if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
    975  1.1  christos 		{
    976  1.1  christos 		  as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
    977  1.1  christos 			  r->name, input_line_pointer);
    978  1.1  christos 		  goto err_report;
    979  1.1  christos 		}
    980  1.1  christos 	    }
    981  1.1  christos 
    982  1.1  christos 	  tok->X_op = r->op;
    983  1.1  christos 	  reloc_found_p = 1;
    984  1.1  christos 	  ++tok;
    985  1.1  christos 	  break;
    986  1.1  christos #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
    987  1.1  christos 
    988  1.1  christos 	case ',':
    989  1.1  christos 	  ++input_line_pointer;
    990  1.1  christos 	  if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
    991  1.1  christos 	    goto err;
    992  1.1  christos 	  saw_comma = 1;
    993  1.1  christos 	  break;
    994  1.1  christos 
    995  1.1  christos 	case '(':
    996  1.1  christos 	  {
    997  1.1  christos 	    char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
    998  1.1  christos 
    999  1.1  christos 	    /* First try for parenthesized register ...  */
   1000  1.1  christos 	    expression (tok);
   1001  1.1  christos 	    if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
   1002  1.1  christos 	      {
   1003  1.1  christos 		tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
   1004  1.1  christos 		saw_comma = 0;
   1005  1.1  christos 		saw_arg = 1;
   1006  1.1  christos 		++input_line_pointer;
   1007  1.6  christos 		++tok;
   1008  1.1  christos 		break;
   1009  1.1  christos 	      }
   1010  1.1  christos 
   1011  1.1  christos 	    /* ... then fall through to plain expression.  */
   1012  1.1  christos 	    input_line_pointer = hold;
   1013  1.1  christos 	  }
   1014  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1015  1.1  christos 
   1016  1.1  christos 	default:
   1017  1.1  christos 	  if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
   1018  1.1  christos 	    goto err;
   1019  1.1  christos 
   1020  1.1  christos 	  expression (tok);
   1021  1.1  christos 	  if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
   1022  1.1  christos 	    goto err;
   1023  1.1  christos 
   1024  1.1  christos 	  saw_comma = 0;
   1025  1.1  christos 	  saw_arg = 1;
   1026  1.1  christos 	  ++tok;
   1027  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1028  1.1  christos 	}
   1029  1.1  christos     }
   1030  1.1  christos 
   1031  1.1  christos fini:
   1032  1.1  christos   if (saw_comma)
   1033  1.1  christos     goto err;
   1034  1.1  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1035  1.1  christos 
   1036  1.1  christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
   1037  1.1  christos   debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
   1038  1.1  christos #endif
   1039  1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1040  1.1  christos   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1041  1.1  christos #endif
   1042  1.1  christos 
   1043  1.1  christos   return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
   1044  1.1  christos 
   1045  1.1  christos err:
   1046  1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1047  1.1  christos   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1048  1.1  christos #endif
   1049  1.1  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1050  1.1  christos   return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
   1051  1.1  christos 
   1052  1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1053  1.1  christos err_report:
   1054  1.1  christos   is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
   1055  1.1  christos #endif
   1056  1.1  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1057  1.1  christos   return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
   1058  1.1  christos }
   1059  1.1  christos 
   1060  1.1  christos /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
   1061  1.1  christos    syntax match.  */
   1062  1.1  christos 
   1063  1.1  christos static const struct alpha_opcode *
   1064  1.1  christos find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
   1065  1.1  christos 		   const expressionS *tok,
   1066  1.1  christos 		   int *pntok,
   1067  1.1  christos 		   int *pcpumatch)
   1068  1.1  christos {
   1069  1.1  christos   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
   1070  1.1  christos   int ntok = *pntok;
   1071  1.1  christos   int got_cpu_match = 0;
   1072  1.1  christos 
   1073  1.1  christos   do
   1074  1.1  christos     {
   1075  1.1  christos       const unsigned char *opidx;
   1076  1.1  christos       int tokidx = 0;
   1077  1.1  christos 
   1078  1.1  christos       /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture.  */
   1079  1.1  christos       if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
   1080  1.1  christos 	goto match_failed;
   1081  1.1  christos 
   1082  1.1  christos       got_cpu_match = 1;
   1083  1.1  christos 
   1084  1.1  christos       for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
   1085  1.1  christos 	{
   1086  1.1  christos 	  const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
   1087  1.1  christos 
   1088  1.1  christos 	  /* Only take input from real operands.  */
   1089  1.1  christos 	  if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   1090  1.1  christos 	    continue;
   1091  1.1  christos 
   1092  1.1  christos 	  /* When we expect input, make sure we have it.  */
   1093  1.1  christos 	  if (tokidx >= ntok)
   1094  1.1  christos 	    {
   1095  1.1  christos 	      if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
   1096  1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1097  1.1  christos 	      continue;
   1098  1.1  christos 	    }
   1099  1.1  christos 
   1100  1.1  christos 	  /* Match operand type with expression type.  */
   1101  1.1  christos 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
   1102  1.1  christos 	    {
   1103  1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
   1104  1.1  christos 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1105  1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1106  1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1107  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1108  1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
   1109  1.1  christos 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1110  1.1  christos 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1111  1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1112  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1113  1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
   1114  1.1  christos 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   1115  1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1116  1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1117  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1118  1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
   1119  1.1  christos 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   1120  1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1121  1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1122  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1123  1.1  christos 
   1124  1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
   1125  1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
   1126  1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
   1127  1.1  christos 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   1128  1.1  christos 		{
   1129  1.1  christos 		case O_illegal:
   1130  1.1  christos 		case O_absent:
   1131  1.1  christos 		case O_register:
   1132  1.1  christos 		case O_pregister:
   1133  1.1  christos 		case O_cpregister:
   1134  1.1  christos 		  goto match_failed;
   1135  1.1  christos 
   1136  1.1  christos 		default:
   1137  1.1  christos 		  break;
   1138  1.1  christos 		}
   1139  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1140  1.1  christos 
   1141  1.1  christos 	    default:
   1142  1.1  christos 	      /* Everything else should have been fake.  */
   1143  1.1  christos 	      abort ();
   1144  1.1  christos 	    }
   1145  1.1  christos 	  ++tokidx;
   1146  1.1  christos 	}
   1147  1.1  christos 
   1148  1.1  christos       /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input?  */
   1149  1.1  christos       if (tokidx == ntok)
   1150  1.1  christos 	{
   1151  1.1  christos 	  *pntok = ntok;
   1152  1.1  christos 	  return opcode;
   1153  1.1  christos 	}
   1154  1.1  christos 
   1155  1.1  christos     match_failed:;
   1156  1.1  christos     }
   1157  1.1  christos   while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
   1158  1.1  christos 	 && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
   1159  1.1  christos 
   1160  1.1  christos   if (*pcpumatch)
   1161  1.1  christos     *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
   1162  1.1  christos 
   1163  1.1  christos   return NULL;
   1164  1.1  christos }
   1165  1.1  christos 
   1166  1.1  christos /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
   1167  1.1  christos    the insn, but do not emit it.
   1168  1.1  christos 
   1169  1.1  christos    Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
   1170  1.1  christos    than one insn in an insn structure.  */
   1171  1.1  christos 
   1172  1.1  christos static void
   1173  1.1  christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
   1174  1.1  christos 			 const expressionS *tok,
   1175  1.1  christos 			 int ntok,
   1176  1.1  christos 			 struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1177  1.1  christos {
   1178  1.1  christos   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   1179  1.1  christos 
   1180  1.1  christos   /* Search opcodes.  */
   1181  1.1  christos   opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
   1182  1.1  christos   if (opcode)
   1183  1.1  christos     {
   1184  1.1  christos       int cpumatch;
   1185  1.1  christos       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   1186  1.1  christos       if (opcode)
   1187  1.1  christos 	{
   1188  1.1  christos 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
   1189  1.1  christos 	  return;
   1190  1.1  christos 	}
   1191  1.1  christos       else if (cpumatch)
   1192  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1193  1.1  christos       else
   1194  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   1195  1.1  christos 		alpha_target_name);
   1196  1.1  christos     }
   1197  1.1  christos   else
   1198  1.1  christos     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   1199  1.1  christos }
   1200  1.1  christos 
   1201  1.1  christos /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
   1202  1.1  christos    .lit8, or .lit4 sections.  */
   1203  1.1  christos 
   1204  1.1  christos static void
   1205  1.1  christos create_literal_section (const char *name,
   1206  1.1  christos 			segT *secp,
   1207  1.1  christos 			symbolS **symp)
   1208  1.7  christos {
   1209  1.7  christos   segT current_section = now_seg;
   1210  1.7  christos   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   1211  1.1  christos   segT new_sec;
   1212  1.1  christos 
   1213  1.1  christos   *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   1214  1.1  christos   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   1215  1.1  christos   bfd_set_section_alignment (new_sec, 4);
   1216  1.1  christos   bfd_set_section_flags (new_sec, (SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   1217  1.1  christos 				   | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DATA));
   1218  1.1  christos 
   1219  1.1  christos   S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
   1220  1.1  christos }
   1221  1.1  christos 
   1222  1.1  christos /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
   1223  1.1  christos 
   1224  1.1  christos    If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
   1225  1.1  christos    O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
   1226  1.1  christos    instruction.  In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
   1227  1.1  christos    the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
   1228  1.1  christos 
   1229  1.1  christos    In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
   1230  1.1  christos    expression.  This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
   1231  1.1  christos    alpha_gp_register.  Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
   1232  1.1  christos    so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
   1233  1.1  christos    i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ".  Odd, perhaps,
   1234  1.1  christos    but this is what OSF/1 does.
   1235  1.1  christos 
   1236  1.1  christos    If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
   1237  1.1  christos    and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
   1238  1.1  christos 
   1239  1.1  christos    Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
   1240  1.1  christos    a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
   1241  1.1  christos    sequence number to use.  */
   1242  1.1  christos 
   1243  1.1  christos static long
   1244  1.1  christos load_expression (int targreg,
   1245  1.1  christos 		 const expressionS *exp,
   1246  1.1  christos 		 int *pbasereg,
   1247  1.1  christos 		 expressionS *poffset,
   1248  1.1  christos 		 const char *opname)
   1249  1.1  christos {
   1250  1.1  christos   long emit_lituse = 0;
   1251  1.1  christos   offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
   1252  1.1  christos   int basereg = *pbasereg;
   1253  1.1  christos   struct alpha_insn insn;
   1254  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   1255  1.1  christos 
   1256  1.1  christos   switch (exp->X_op)
   1257  1.1  christos     {
   1258  1.1  christos     case O_symbol:
   1259  1.1  christos       {
   1260  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1261  1.1  christos 	offsetT lit;
   1262  1.1  christos 
   1263  1.1  christos 	/* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
   1264  1.1  christos 	   its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
   1265  1.1  christos 	   which we'd fail.  */
   1266  1.1  christos 	if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
   1267  1.1  christos 	    (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
   1268  1.1  christos 	  {
   1269  1.1  christos 	    lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
   1270  1.1  christos 				       alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1271  1.1  christos 	    addend = 0;
   1272  1.1  christos 	  }
   1273  1.1  christos 	else
   1274  1.1  christos 	  lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
   1275  1.1  christos 				     alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1276  1.1  christos 
   1277  1.1  christos 	if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1278  1.1  christos 	  as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1279  1.1  christos 
   1280  1.1  christos 	/* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)".  */
   1281  1.1  christos 
   1282  1.1  christos 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1283  1.1  christos 	  {
   1284  1.1  christos 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1285  1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1286  1.1  christos 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1287  1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1288  1.1  christos 
   1289  1.1  christos 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1290  1.1  christos 	  }
   1291  1.1  christos 	else
   1292  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1293  1.1  christos 
   1294  1.1  christos 	set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
   1295  1.1  christos 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1296  1.1  christos 
   1297  1.1  christos 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1298  1.1  christos 
   1299  1.1  christos 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1300  1.1  christos 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1301  1.1  christos 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1302  1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   1303  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1304  1.1  christos 	/* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)".  */
   1305  1.1  christos 
   1306  1.1  christos 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
   1307  1.1  christos 	  {
   1308  1.1  christos 	    if (alpha_noat_on)
   1309  1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1310  1.1  christos 	    if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1311  1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1312  1.1  christos 
   1313  1.1  christos 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1314  1.1  christos 	  }
   1315  1.1  christos 	else
   1316  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1317  1.1  christos 
   1318  1.1  christos 	/* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
   1319  1.1  christos 	   better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler.  This happens
   1320  1.1  christos 	   very infrequently anyway.  */
   1321  1.1  christos 	if (1
   1322  1.1  christos 	    || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
   1323  1.1  christos 		&& (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
   1324  1.1  christos 	  {
   1325  1.1  christos 	    newtok[1] = *exp;
   1326  1.1  christos 	    addend = 0;
   1327  1.1  christos 	  }
   1328  1.1  christos 	else
   1329  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1330  1.1  christos 
   1331  1.1  christos 	set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1332  1.1  christos 
   1333  1.1  christos 	assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1334  1.1  christos 
   1335  1.1  christos 	gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1336  1.1  christos 	insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1337  1.1  christos 	insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
   1338  1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   1339  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1340  1.1  christos 	/* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section.  */
   1341  1.1  christos 
   1342  1.1  christos 	if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   1343  1.1  christos 	  {
   1344  1.1  christos             /* Linkage-relative expression.  */
   1345  1.1  christos             set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1346  1.1  christos 
   1347  1.1  christos 	    if (range_signed_16 (addend))
   1348  1.1  christos 	      {
   1349  1.1  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
   1350  1.1  christos 		addend = 0;
   1351  1.1  christos 	      }
   1352  1.1  christos 	    else
   1353  1.1  christos 	      {
   1354  1.1  christos 		set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   1355  1.1  christos 	      }
   1356  1.1  christos             set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1357  1.1  christos             assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1358  1.1  christos 	  }
   1359  1.1  christos 	else
   1360  1.1  christos 	  {
   1361  1.1  christos 	    const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1362  1.1  christos 	    const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
   1363  1.1  christos 	    int symlen = strlen (symname);
   1364  1.1  christos 
   1365  1.1  christos 	    if ((symlen > 4 &&
   1366  1.1  christos 		 strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   1367  1.1  christos 	      {
   1368  1.1  christos                 /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
   1369  1.1  christos                    section.  Just read the address.  */
   1370  1.1  christos 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1371  1.1  christos 
   1372  1.1  christos 		newtok[1] = *exp;
   1373  1.1  christos 		newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
   1374  1.1  christos 		newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1375  1.1  christos 
   1376  1.1  christos 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1377  1.1  christos 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1378  1.1  christos 		alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
   1379  1.1  christos 
   1380  1.1  christos 		if (poffset)
   1381  1.1  christos 		  set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1382  1.1  christos 
   1383  1.1  christos 		if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
   1384  1.1  christos 		  {
   1385  1.1  christos                     /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'.  */
   1386  1.5  christos 		    char *ensymname;
   1387  1.1  christos 		    symbolS *ensym;
   1388  1.1  christos 
   1389  1.1  christos                     /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   1390  1.1  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1391  1.1  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1392  1.1  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1393  1.5  christos 		    ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
   1394  1.1  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1395  1.1  christos 		    memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
   1396  1.1  christos 
   1397  1.1  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1398  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
   1399  1.1  christos 		    ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   1400  1.1  christos 		    free (ensymname);
   1401  1.1  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (ensym);
   1402  1.1  christos 		    /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
   1403  1.1  christos 		       case in emit_jsrjmp.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
   1404  1.1  christos 		       Utility Manual.  */
   1405  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   1406  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
   1407  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1408  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1409  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1410  1.1  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1411  1.1  christos 
   1412  1.1  christos 		    /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
   1413  1.1  christos 		       too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc.  */
   1414  1.1  christos 		    symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
   1415  1.1  christos 		  }
   1416  1.1  christos 		else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
   1417  1.1  christos 		  {
   1418  1.1  christos                     /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'.  */
   1419  1.5  christos 		    char *psymname;
   1420  1.1  christos 		    symbolS *psym;
   1421  1.1  christos 
   1422  1.1  christos                     /* Extract NAME.  */
   1423  1.1  christos 		    ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
   1424  1.5  christos 		    if (ptr1 > ptr2)
   1425  1.1  christos 		      ptr1 = symname;
   1426  1.1  christos 		    psymname = xmemdup0 (ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
   1427  1.1  christos 
   1428  1.1  christos 		    gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1429  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
   1430  1.1  christos 		    psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
   1431  1.1  christos 		    free (psymname);
   1432  1.1  christos 		    symbol_mark_used (psym);
   1433  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   1434  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
   1435  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1436  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   1437  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   1438  1.1  christos 		    insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   1439  1.1  christos 		    insn.nfixups++;
   1440  1.1  christos 		  }
   1441  1.1  christos 
   1442  1.1  christos 		emit_insn (&insn);
   1443  1.1  christos 		return 0;
   1444  1.1  christos 	      }
   1445  1.1  christos 	    else
   1446  1.1  christos 	      {
   1447  1.1  christos                 /* Not in the linkage section.  Put the value into the linkage
   1448  1.1  christos                    section.  */
   1449  1.1  christos 		symbolS *linkexp;
   1450  1.1  christos 
   1451  1.1  christos 		if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1452  1.1  christos 		  addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
   1453  1.1  christos 		linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
   1454  1.1  christos 		set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1455  1.1  christos 		set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
   1456  1.1  christos 		set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1457  1.1  christos 		assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1458  1.1  christos 	      }
   1459  1.1  christos 	  }
   1460  1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   1461  1.1  christos 
   1462  1.1  christos 	emit_insn (&insn);
   1463  1.1  christos 
   1464  1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   1465  1.1  christos 	if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1466  1.1  christos 	  {
   1467  1.1  christos 	    /* Emit "addq r, base, r".  */
   1468  1.1  christos 
   1469  1.1  christos 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1470  1.1  christos 	    set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1471  1.1  christos 	    assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1472  1.1  christos 	  }
   1473  1.1  christos #endif
   1474  1.1  christos 	basereg = targreg;
   1475  1.1  christos       }
   1476  1.1  christos       break;
   1477  1.1  christos 
   1478  1.1  christos     case O_constant:
   1479  1.1  christos       break;
   1480  1.1  christos 
   1481  1.1  christos     case O_subtract:
   1482  1.1  christos       /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
   1483  1.1  christos 	 absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits.  */
   1484  1.1  christos 
   1485  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1486  1.1  christos       newtok[1] = *exp;
   1487  1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1488  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
   1489  1.1  christos 
   1490  1.1  christos       if (poffset)
   1491  1.1  christos 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1492  1.1  christos       return 0;
   1493  1.1  christos 
   1494  1.1  christos     case O_big:
   1495  1.1  christos       if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
   1496  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
   1497  1.1  christos       else
   1498  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
   1499  1.1  christos       addend = 0;
   1500  1.1  christos       break;
   1501  1.1  christos 
   1502  1.1  christos     default:
   1503  1.1  christos       as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
   1504  1.1  christos       addend = 0;
   1505  1.1  christos       break;
   1506  1.1  christos     }
   1507  1.1  christos 
   1508  1.1  christos   if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
   1509  1.1  christos     {
   1510  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1511  1.1  christos       symbolS *litexp;
   1512  1.1  christos #else
   1513  1.1  christos       offsetT lit;
   1514  1.1  christos       long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
   1515  1.1  christos #endif
   1516  1.1  christos 
   1517  1.1  christos       /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool.  */
   1518  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1519  1.1  christos       /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)".  */
   1520  1.1  christos       litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
   1521  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1522  1.1  christos       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
   1523  1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1524  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1525  1.1  christos #else
   1526  1.1  christos 
   1527  1.1  christos       if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
   1528  1.1  christos 	{
   1529  1.1  christos 	  create_literal_section (".lit8",
   1530  1.1  christos 				  &alpha_lit8_section,
   1531  1.1  christos 				  &alpha_lit8_symbol);
   1532  1.1  christos 
   1533  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1534  1.1  christos 	  alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
   1535  1.1  christos 						    alpha_lita_section, 8);
   1536  1.1  christos 	  if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
   1537  1.1  christos 	    as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
   1538  1.1  christos #endif
   1539  1.1  christos 	}
   1540  1.1  christos 
   1541  1.1  christos       lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
   1542  1.1  christos       if (lit >= 0x8000)
   1543  1.1  christos 	as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
   1544  1.1  christos 
   1545  1.1  christos       /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000".  */
   1546  1.1  christos 
   1547  1.1  christos       if (targreg == basereg)
   1548  1.1  christos 	{
   1549  1.1  christos 	  if (alpha_noat_on)
   1550  1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   1551  1.1  christos 	  if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
   1552  1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
   1553  1.1  christos 
   1554  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   1555  1.1  christos 	}
   1556  1.1  christos       else
   1557  1.1  christos 	set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1558  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1559  1.1  christos       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
   1560  1.1  christos #endif
   1561  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1562  1.1  christos       set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
   1563  1.1  christos #endif
   1564  1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
   1565  1.1  christos 
   1566  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1567  1.1  christos 
   1568  1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
   1569  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   1570  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
   1571  1.1  christos #endif
   1572  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1573  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
   1574  1.1  christos #endif
   1575  1.1  christos       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1576  1.1  christos 
   1577  1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   1578  1.1  christos 
   1579  1.1  christos       /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)".  */
   1580  1.1  christos 
   1581  1.1  christos       set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
   1582  1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
   1583  1.1  christos 
   1584  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
   1585  1.1  christos 
   1586  1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   1587  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   1588  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   1589  1.1  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   1590  1.1  christos       insn.sequence = seq_num;
   1591  1.1  christos       emit_lituse = 0;
   1592  1.1  christos 
   1593  1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   1594  1.1  christos 
   1595  1.1  christos       /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target".  */
   1596  1.1  christos 
   1597  1.1  christos       if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
   1598  1.1  christos 	{
   1599  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   1600  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
   1601  1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
   1602  1.1  christos 	}
   1603  1.1  christos #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   1604  1.1  christos 
   1605  1.1  christos       if (poffset)
   1606  1.1  christos 	set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
   1607  1.1  christos       *pbasereg = targreg;
   1608  1.1  christos     }
   1609  1.1  christos   else
   1610  1.1  christos     {
   1611  1.1  christos       offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
   1612  1.1  christos 
   1613  1.1  christos       /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend.  */
   1614  1.1  christos 
   1615  1.1  christos       low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
   1616  1.1  christos       tmp = addend - low;
   1617  1.1  christos       high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1618  1.1  christos 
   1619  1.1  christos       if (tmp - (high << 16))
   1620  1.1  christos 	{
   1621  1.1  christos 	  extra = 0x4000;
   1622  1.1  christos 	  tmp -= 0x40000000;
   1623  1.1  christos 	  high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
   1624  1.1  christos 	}
   1625  1.1  christos       else
   1626  1.1  christos 	extra = 0;
   1627  1.1  christos 
   1628  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
   1629  1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1630  1.1  christos 
   1631  1.1  christos       if (extra)
   1632  1.1  christos 	{
   1633  1.1  christos 	  /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r).  */
   1634  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
   1635  1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1636  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
   1637  1.1  christos 	}
   1638  1.1  christos 
   1639  1.1  christos       if (high)
   1640  1.1  christos 	{
   1641  1.1  christos 	  /* Emit "ldah r, high(r).  */
   1642  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
   1643  1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1644  1.1  christos 	  basereg = targreg;
   1645  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   1646  1.1  christos 	}
   1647  1.1  christos 
   1648  1.1  christos       if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
   1649  1.1  christos 	{
   1650  1.1  christos 	  /* Emit "lda r, low(base)".  */
   1651  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
   1652  1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
   1653  1.1  christos 	  basereg = targreg;
   1654  1.1  christos 	  low = 0;
   1655  1.1  christos 	}
   1656  1.1  christos 
   1657  1.1  christos       if (poffset)
   1658  1.1  christos 	set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
   1659  1.1  christos       *pbasereg = basereg;
   1660  1.1  christos     }
   1661  1.1  christos 
   1662  1.1  christos   return emit_lituse;
   1663  1.1  christos }
   1664  1.1  christos 
   1665  1.1  christos /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
   1666  1.1  christos    most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
   1667  1.1  christos    large constants.  */
   1668  1.1  christos 
   1669  1.1  christos static void
   1670  1.1  christos emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
   1671  1.1  christos 	  int ntok,
   1672  1.1  christos 	  const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1673  1.1  christos {
   1674  1.1  christos   int basereg;
   1675  1.1  christos 
   1676  1.1  christos   if (ntok == 2)
   1677  1.1  christos     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   1678  1.1  christos   else
   1679  1.1  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   1680  1.1  christos 
   1681  1.1  christos   (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   1682  1.1  christos }
   1683  1.1  christos 
   1684  1.1  christos /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
   1685  1.1  christos    as an implied base register.  */
   1686  1.1  christos 
   1687  1.1  christos static void
   1688  1.1  christos emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
   1689  1.1  christos 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1690  1.1  christos 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1691  1.1  christos {
   1692  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   1693  1.1  christos 
   1694  1.1  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   1695  1.1  christos   newtok[1] = tok[1];
   1696  1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
   1697  1.1  christos 
   1698  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
   1699  1.1  christos }
   1700  1.1  christos 
   1701  1.1  christos /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs.  This takes care
   1702  1.1  christos    of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
   1703  1.1  christos    says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
   1704  1.1  christos    feature wrt labels.  */
   1705  1.1  christos 
   1706  1.1  christos static void
   1707  1.1  christos alpha_align (int n,
   1708  1.1  christos 	     char *pfill,
   1709  1.1  christos 	     symbolS *label,
   1710  1.1  christos 	     int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1711  1.1  christos {
   1712  1.1  christos   if (alpha_current_align >= n)
   1713  1.1  christos     return;
   1714  1.1  christos 
   1715  1.1  christos   if (pfill == NULL)
   1716  1.1  christos     {
   1717  1.1  christos       if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
   1718  1.1  christos 	frag_align_code (n, 0);
   1719  1.1  christos       else
   1720  1.1  christos 	frag_align (n, 0, 0);
   1721  1.1  christos     }
   1722  1.1  christos   else
   1723  1.1  christos     frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
   1724  1.1  christos 
   1725  1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = n;
   1726  1.1  christos 
   1727  1.1  christos   if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
   1728  1.1  christos     {
   1729  1.1  christos       symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
   1730  1.1  christos       S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
   1731  1.1  christos     }
   1732  1.1  christos 
   1733  1.1  christos   record_alignment (now_seg, n);
   1734  1.1  christos 
   1735  1.1  christos   /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
   1736  1.1  christos      in a reloc for the linker to see.  */
   1737  1.1  christos }
   1738  1.1  christos 
   1739  1.1  christos /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup.  */
   1740  1.1  christos 
   1741  1.1  christos static void
   1742  1.1  christos emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
   1743  1.1  christos {
   1744  1.1  christos   char *f;
   1745  1.1  christos   int i;
   1746  1.1  christos 
   1747  1.1  christos   /* Take care of alignment duties.  */
   1748  1.1  christos   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   1749  1.1  christos     alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   1750  1.1  christos   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   1751  1.1  christos     alpha_current_align = 2;
   1752  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   1753  1.1  christos 
   1754  1.1  christos   /* Write out the instruction.  */
   1755  1.1  christos   f = frag_more (4);
   1756  1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
   1757  1.1  christos 
   1758  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   1759  1.1  christos   dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
   1760  1.1  christos #endif
   1761  1.1  christos 
   1762  1.1  christos   /* Apply the fixups in order.  */
   1763  1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
   1764  1.1  christos     {
   1765  1.1  christos       const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0;
   1766  1.1  christos       struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
   1767  1.1  christos       struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
   1768  1.1  christos       int size, pcrel;
   1769  1.1  christos       fixS *fixP;
   1770  1.1  christos 
   1771  1.1  christos       /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto.  */
   1772  1.1  christos       if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1773  1.1  christos 	{
   1774  1.1  christos 	  operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
   1775  1.1  christos 	  size = 4;
   1776  1.1  christos 	  pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
   1777  1.1  christos 	}
   1778  1.1  christos       else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
   1779  1.1  christos 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
   1780  1.1  christos 	       || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
   1781  1.1  christos 	{
   1782  1.1  christos 	  size = 2;
   1783  1.1  christos 	  pcrel = 0;
   1784  1.1  christos 	}
   1785  1.1  christos       else
   1786  1.1  christos 	{
   1787  1.1  christos 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
   1788  1.1  christos               bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   1789  1.1  christos                                      (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   1790  1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_howto);
   1791  1.1  christos 
   1792  1.1  christos 	  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
   1793  1.1  christos 
   1794  1.1  christos 	  switch (fixup->reloc)
   1795  1.1  christos 	    {
   1796  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1797  1.1  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1798  1.1  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1799  1.3  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1800  1.1  christos 	    case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1801  1.1  christos 	      break;
   1802  1.1  christos #endif
   1803  1.1  christos 	    default:
   1804  1.1  christos 	      gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
   1805  1.1  christos 	    }
   1806  1.1  christos 
   1807  1.1  christos 	  pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
   1808  1.1  christos 	}
   1809  1.1  christos 
   1810  1.1  christos       fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
   1811  1.1  christos 			  &fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   1812  1.1  christos 
   1813  1.1  christos       /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
   1814  1.1  christos          and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations.  */
   1815  1.1  christos       switch (fixup->reloc)
   1816  1.1  christos 	{
   1817  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   1818  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   1819  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   1820  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   1821  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   1822  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   1823  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   1824  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   1825  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   1826  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   1827  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   1828  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   1829  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   1830  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1831  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1832  1.1  christos 
   1833  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   1834  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1835  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1836  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   1837  1.1  christos 
   1838  1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1839  1.1  christos 	  if (++info->n_master > 1)
   1840  1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1841  1.1  christos 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1842  1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1843  1.1  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1844  1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1845  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1846  1.1  christos 
   1847  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   1848  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1849  1.1  christos 
   1850  1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1851  1.1  christos 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1852  1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1853  1.1  christos 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1854  1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
   1855  1.1  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1856  1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1857  1.1  christos 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1858  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1859  1.1  christos 
   1860  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   1861  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   1862  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1863  1.1  christos 
   1864  1.1  christos 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1865  1.1  christos 	    break;
   1866  1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1867  1.1  christos 	  info->master = fixP;
   1868  1.1  christos 	  info->n_master++;
   1869  1.1  christos 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1870  1.1  christos 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1871  1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1872  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1873  1.1  christos 
   1874  1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   1875  1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
   1876  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
   1877  1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1878  1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
   1879  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
   1880  1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1881  1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
   1882  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
   1883  1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1884  1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
   1885  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
   1886  1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1887  1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
   1888  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
   1889  1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1890  1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
   1891  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
   1892  1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1893  1.1  christos 	case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
   1894  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
   1895  1.1  christos 	  goto do_lituse;
   1896  1.1  christos 	do_lituse:
   1897  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
   1898  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
   1899  1.1  christos 
   1900  1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1901  1.1  christos 	  if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
   1902  1.1  christos 	    info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
   1903  1.1  christos 	  else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
   1904  1.1  christos 	    info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
   1905  1.1  christos 	  if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
   1906  1.1  christos 	    {
   1907  1.1  christos 	      if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
   1908  1.1  christos 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
   1909  1.1  christos 		        insn->sequence);
   1910  1.1  christos 	      else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
   1911  1.1  christos 		as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
   1912  1.1  christos 		        insn->sequence);
   1913  1.1  christos 	    }
   1914  1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1915  1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
   1916  1.1  christos 	  info->slaves = fixP;
   1917  1.1  christos 	  if (info->segment != now_seg)
   1918  1.1  christos 	    info->multi_section_p = 1;
   1919  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1920  1.1  christos 
   1921  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   1922  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1923  1.1  christos 
   1924  1.1  christos 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1925  1.1  christos 	    break;
   1926  1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1927  1.1  christos 	  if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1928  1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1929  1.1  christos 	  else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1930  1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
   1931  1.1  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1932  1.1  christos 	  else
   1933  1.1  christos 	    info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
   1934  1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1935  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1936  1.1  christos 
   1937  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   1938  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1939  1.1  christos 
   1940  1.1  christos 	  if (insn->sequence == 0)
   1941  1.1  christos 	    break;
   1942  1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
   1943  1.1  christos 	  if (info->saw_tlsldm)
   1944  1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
   1945  1.1  christos 	  else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
   1946  1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
   1947  1.1  christos 		    insn->sequence);
   1948  1.1  christos 	  else
   1949  1.1  christos 	    info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
   1950  1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1951  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1952  1.1  christos #endif
   1953  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   1954  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   1955  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   1956  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   1957  1.1  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   1958  1.1  christos 	  info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   1959  1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
   1960  1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
   1961  1.1  christos 	  fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
   1962  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1963  1.1  christos #endif
   1964  1.1  christos 
   1965  1.1  christos 	default:
   1966  1.1  christos 	  if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1967  1.1  christos 	    {
   1968  1.1  christos 	      if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
   1969  1.1  christos 		fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
   1970  1.1  christos 	    }
   1971  1.1  christos 	  break;
   1972  1.1  christos 	}
   1973  1.1  christos     }
   1974  1.1  christos }
   1975  1.5  christos 
   1976  1.1  christos /* Insert an operand value into an instruction.  */
   1977  1.1  christos 
   1978  1.1  christos static unsigned
   1979  1.1  christos insert_operand (unsigned insn,
   1980  1.1  christos 		const struct alpha_operand *operand,
   1981  1.1  christos 		offsetT val,
   1982  1.1  christos 		const char *file,
   1983  1.1  christos 		unsigned line)
   1984  1.1  christos {
   1985  1.1  christos   if (operand->bits != 32 && !(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
   1986  1.1  christos     {
   1987  1.1  christos       offsetT min, max;
   1988  1.1  christos 
   1989  1.1  christos       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   1990  1.1  christos 	{
   1991  1.1  christos 	  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   1992  1.1  christos 	  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   1993  1.1  christos 	}
   1994  1.1  christos       else
   1995  1.1  christos 	{
   1996  1.1  christos 	  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   1997  1.1  christos 	  min = 0;
   1998  1.1  christos 	}
   1999  1.1  christos 
   2000  1.1  christos       if (val < min || val > max)
   2001  1.1  christos 	as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
   2002  1.1  christos     }
   2003  1.1  christos 
   2004  1.1  christos   if (operand->insert)
   2005  1.1  christos     {
   2006  1.1  christos       const char *errmsg = NULL;
   2007  1.1  christos 
   2008  1.1  christos       insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
   2009  1.1  christos       if (errmsg)
   2010  1.1  christos 	as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
   2011  1.1  christos     }
   2012  1.1  christos   else
   2013  1.1  christos     insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
   2014  1.1  christos 
   2015  1.1  christos   return insn;
   2016  1.1  christos }
   2017  1.1  christos 
   2018  1.1  christos /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
   2019  1.1  christos    an instruction and a fixup.  */
   2020  1.1  christos 
   2021  1.1  christos static void
   2022  1.1  christos assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
   2023  1.1  christos 	       const expressionS *tok,
   2024  1.1  christos 	       int ntok,
   2025  1.1  christos 	       struct alpha_insn *insn,
   2026  1.1  christos 	       extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   2027  1.1  christos {
   2028  1.1  christos   const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
   2029  1.1  christos   const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
   2030  1.1  christos   const unsigned char *argidx;
   2031  1.1  christos   unsigned image;
   2032  1.1  christos   int tokidx = 0;
   2033  1.1  christos 
   2034  1.1  christos   memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
   2035  1.1  christos   image = opcode->opcode;
   2036  1.1  christos 
   2037  1.1  christos   for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
   2038  1.1  christos     {
   2039  1.1  christos       const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
   2040  1.1  christos       const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
   2041  1.1  christos 
   2042  1.1  christos       if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
   2043  1.1  christos 	{
   2044  1.1  christos 	  /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup.  */
   2045  1.1  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
   2046  1.1  christos 	  continue;
   2047  1.1  christos 	}
   2048  1.1  christos 
   2049  1.1  christos       if (tokidx >= ntok)
   2050  1.1  christos 	{
   2051  1.1  christos 	  switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
   2052  1.1  christos 	    {
   2053  1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
   2054  1.1  christos 	      t = &tok[0];
   2055  1.1  christos 	      break;
   2056  1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
   2057  1.1  christos 	      t = &tok[1];
   2058  1.1  christos 	      break;
   2059  1.1  christos 	    case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
   2060  1.1  christos 	      {
   2061  1.1  christos 		static expressionS zero_exp;
   2062  1.1  christos 		t = &zero_exp;
   2063  1.1  christos 		zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
   2064  1.1  christos 		zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
   2065  1.1  christos 	      }
   2066  1.1  christos 	      break;
   2067  1.1  christos 	    default:
   2068  1.1  christos 	      abort ();
   2069  1.1  christos 	    }
   2070  1.1  christos 	}
   2071  1.1  christos       else
   2072  1.1  christos 	t = &tok[tokidx++];
   2073  1.1  christos 
   2074  1.1  christos       switch (t->X_op)
   2075  1.1  christos 	{
   2076  1.1  christos 	case O_register:
   2077  1.1  christos 	case O_pregister:
   2078  1.1  christos 	case O_cpregister:
   2079  1.1  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
   2080  1.1  christos 				  NULL, 0);
   2081  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2082  1.1  christos 
   2083  1.1  christos 	case O_constant:
   2084  1.1  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
   2085  1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2086  1.1  christos 	  reloc_operand = operand;
   2087  1.1  christos 	  reloc_exp = t;
   2088  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2089  1.1  christos 
   2090  1.1  christos 	default:
   2091  1.1  christos 	  /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
   2092  1.1  christos 	     which means this pattern shouldn't have matched.  */
   2093  1.1  christos 	  if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
   2094  1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   2095  1.1  christos 
   2096  1.1  christos 	  /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
   2097  1.1  christos 	     relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
   2098  1.1  christos 	     override the operand reloc.  */
   2099  1.1  christos 	  if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
   2100  1.1  christos 	    {
   2101  1.1  christos 	      struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2102  1.1  christos 
   2103  1.1  christos 	      if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2104  1.1  christos 		as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2105  1.1  christos 
   2106  1.1  christos 	      fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2107  1.1  christos 	      fixup->exp = *t;
   2108  1.1  christos 	      fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
   2109  1.1  christos 	    }
   2110  1.1  christos 	  else
   2111  1.1  christos 	    {
   2112  1.1  christos 	      if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2113  1.1  christos 		reloc = operand->default_reloc;
   2114  1.1  christos 
   2115  1.1  christos 	      gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
   2116  1.1  christos 	      reloc_operand = operand;
   2117  1.1  christos 	      reloc_exp = t;
   2118  1.1  christos 	    }
   2119  1.1  christos 	  break;
   2120  1.1  christos 	}
   2121  1.1  christos     }
   2122  1.1  christos 
   2123  1.1  christos   if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   2124  1.1  christos     {
   2125  1.1  christos       struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
   2126  1.1  christos 
   2127  1.1  christos       if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   2128  1.1  christos 	as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   2129  1.1  christos 
   2130  1.1  christos       /* ??? My but this is hacky.  But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
   2131  1.1  christos 	 relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp.  Choose the
   2132  1.1  christos 	 correct internal relocation based on the opcode.  */
   2133  1.1  christos       if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
   2134  1.1  christos 	{
   2135  1.1  christos 	  if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
   2136  1.1  christos 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2137  1.1  christos 	  else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
   2138  1.3  christos 	    reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   2139  1.1  christos 	  else
   2140  1.1  christos 	    as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
   2141  1.1  christos 	}
   2142  1.1  christos 
   2143  1.1  christos       /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
   2144  1.1  christos 	 the relocation width should match the operand width.
   2145  1.1  christos 	 Take care of -MDISP in operand table.  */
   2146  1.1  christos       else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
   2147  1.1  christos 	{
   2148  1.1  christos 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
   2149  1.1  christos               = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   2150  1.1  christos                                        (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
   2151  1.1  christos 	  if (reloc_operand == NULL
   2152  1.1  christos 	      || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
   2153  1.1  christos 	    {
   2154  1.1  christos 	      as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
   2155  1.1  christos 	      return;
   2156  1.1  christos 	    }
   2157  1.1  christos 	}
   2158  1.1  christos 
   2159  1.1  christos       fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   2160  1.1  christos       if (reloc_exp)
   2161  1.1  christos 	fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
   2162  1.1  christos       else
   2163  1.1  christos 	fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2164  1.1  christos       fixup->reloc = reloc;
   2165  1.1  christos     }
   2166  1.1  christos 
   2167  1.1  christos   insn->insn = image;
   2168  1.1  christos }
   2169  1.1  christos 
   2170  1.1  christos /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
   2171  1.1  christos    etc.  They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
   2172  1.1  christos    expressions like the lda macro.  */
   2173  1.1  christos 
   2174  1.1  christos static void
   2175  1.1  christos emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
   2176  1.1  christos 	      int ntok,
   2177  1.1  christos 	      const void * opname)
   2178  1.1  christos {
   2179  1.1  christos   int basereg;
   2180  1.1  christos   long lituse;
   2181  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2182  1.1  christos   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2183  1.1  christos   const char *symname
   2184  1.1  christos     = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
   2185  1.1  christos   int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2186  1.1  christos 
   2187  1.1  christos   if (ntok == 2)
   2188  1.1  christos     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2189  1.1  christos   else
   2190  1.1  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2191  1.3  christos 
   2192  1.1  christos   lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
   2193  1.1  christos 			    &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
   2194  1.1  christos 
   2195  1.1  christos   if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
   2196  1.1  christos       (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
   2197  1.1  christos     return;
   2198  1.1  christos 
   2199  1.1  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2200  1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2201  1.1  christos 
   2202  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2203  1.1  christos 
   2204  1.1  christos   if (lituse)
   2205  1.1  christos     {
   2206  1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2207  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2208  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2209  1.1  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2210  1.1  christos       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2211  1.1  christos     }
   2212  1.1  christos 
   2213  1.1  christos   emit_insn (&insn);
   2214  1.1  christos }
   2215  1.1  christos 
   2216  1.1  christos /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
   2217  1.1  christos    Again, we handle simple expressions.  */
   2218  1.1  christos 
   2219  1.1  christos static void
   2220  1.1  christos emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
   2221  1.1  christos 		int ntok,
   2222  1.1  christos 		const void * opname)
   2223  1.1  christos {
   2224  1.1  christos   int basereg;
   2225  1.1  christos   long lituse;
   2226  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2227  1.1  christos   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2228  1.1  christos 
   2229  1.1  christos   if (ntok == 2)
   2230  1.1  christos     basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2231  1.1  christos   else
   2232  1.3  christos     basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2233  1.1  christos 
   2234  1.1  christos   if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
   2235  1.1  christos     {
   2236  1.1  christos       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2237  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2238  1.1  christos 
   2239  1.1  christos       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
   2240  1.1  christos 				&basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
   2241  1.1  christos     }
   2242  1.1  christos   else
   2243  1.1  christos     {
   2244  1.1  christos       newtok[1] = tok[1];
   2245  1.1  christos       lituse = 0;
   2246  1.1  christos     }
   2247  1.1  christos 
   2248  1.1  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2249  1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2250  1.1  christos 
   2251  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2252  1.1  christos 
   2253  1.1  christos   if (lituse)
   2254  1.1  christos     {
   2255  1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2256  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2257  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2258  1.1  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2259  1.1  christos       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2260  1.1  christos     }
   2261  1.1  christos 
   2262  1.1  christos   emit_insn (&insn);
   2263  1.1  christos }
   2264  1.1  christos 
   2265  1.1  christos /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value.  */
   2266  1.1  christos 
   2267  1.1  christos static void
   2268  1.1  christos emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2269  1.1  christos 	   int ntok,
   2270  1.1  christos 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2271  1.1  christos {
   2272  1.1  christos   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2273  1.1  christos     emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]);
   2274  1.1  christos   else
   2275  1.1  christos     {
   2276  1.1  christos       expressionS newtok[3];
   2277  1.1  christos       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2278  1.1  christos       int basereg;
   2279  1.1  christos       long lituse;
   2280  1.1  christos 
   2281  1.1  christos       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2282  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2283  1.1  christos 
   2284  1.1  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2285  1.1  christos 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2286  1.1  christos 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2287  1.1  christos       else
   2288  1.1  christos 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2289  1.1  christos 
   2290  1.1  christos       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2291  1.1  christos       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2292  1.1  christos 
   2293  1.1  christos       /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)".  */
   2294  1.1  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2295  1.1  christos       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2296  1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2297  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2298  1.1  christos 
   2299  1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2300  1.1  christos 	{
   2301  1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2302  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2303  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2304  1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2305  1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2306  1.1  christos 	}
   2307  1.1  christos 
   2308  1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2309  1.1  christos 
   2310  1.1  christos       /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ".  */
   2311  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2312  1.1  christos       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2313  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2314  1.1  christos 
   2315  1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2316  1.1  christos 	{
   2317  1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2318  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2319  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2320  1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2321  1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2322  1.1  christos 	}
   2323  1.1  christos 
   2324  1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2325  1.1  christos     }
   2326  1.1  christos }
   2327  1.1  christos 
   2328  1.1  christos /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value.  */
   2329  1.1  christos 
   2330  1.1  christos static void
   2331  1.1  christos emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2332  1.1  christos 	  int ntok,
   2333  1.1  christos 	  const void * vlgsize)
   2334  1.1  christos {
   2335  1.1  christos   emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
   2336  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
   2337  1.1  christos }
   2338  1.1  christos 
   2339  1.1  christos /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
   2340  1.1  christos    value.  */
   2341  1.1  christos 
   2342  1.1  christos static void
   2343  1.1  christos emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
   2344  1.1  christos 	    int ntok,
   2345  1.1  christos 	    const void * vlgsize)
   2346  1.1  christos {
   2347  1.1  christos   long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
   2348  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2349  1.1  christos 
   2350  1.1  christos   if (alpha_noat_on)
   2351  1.1  christos     as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2352  1.1  christos 
   2353  1.1  christos   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2354  1.1  christos   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2355  1.1  christos   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2356  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2357  1.1  christos 
   2358  1.1  christos   /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2359  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2360  1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2361  1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2362  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2363  1.1  christos 
   2364  1.1  christos   /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2365  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2366  1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2367  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2368  1.1  christos 
   2369  1.1  christos   /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2370  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2371  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2372  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2373  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2374  1.1  christos 
   2375  1.1  christos   /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2376  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2377  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2378  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2379  1.1  christos 
   2380  1.1  christos   /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ".  */
   2381  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2382  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2383  1.1  christos   newtok[2] = tok[0];
   2384  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2385  1.1  christos }
   2386  1.1  christos 
   2387  1.1  christos /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
   2388  1.1  christos    Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
   2389  1.1  christos    don't have to do the sign extension.  */
   2390  1.1  christos 
   2391  1.1  christos static void
   2392  1.1  christos emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
   2393  1.1  christos 	   int ntok,
   2394  1.1  christos 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2395  1.1  christos {
   2396  1.1  christos   emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
   2397  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
   2398  1.1  christos }
   2399  1.1  christos 
   2400  1.1  christos /* Implement the ldil macro.  */
   2401  1.1  christos 
   2402  1.1  christos static void
   2403  1.1  christos emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
   2404  1.1  christos 	   int ntok,
   2405  1.1  christos 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2406  1.1  christos {
   2407  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[2];
   2408  1.1  christos 
   2409  1.1  christos   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
   2410  1.1  christos   newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2411  1.1  christos 
   2412  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2413  1.1  christos }
   2414  1.1  christos 
   2415  1.1  christos /* Store a half-word or byte.  */
   2416  1.1  christos 
   2417  1.1  christos static void
   2418  1.1  christos emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
   2419  1.1  christos 	  int ntok,
   2420  1.1  christos 	  const void * vlgsize)
   2421  1.1  christos {
   2422  1.1  christos   int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
   2423  1.1  christos 
   2424  1.1  christos   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2425  1.1  christos     emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
   2426  1.1  christos   else
   2427  1.1  christos     {
   2428  1.1  christos       expressionS newtok[3];
   2429  1.1  christos       struct alpha_insn insn;
   2430  1.1  christos       int basereg;
   2431  1.1  christos       long lituse;
   2432  1.1  christos 
   2433  1.1  christos       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2434  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2435  1.1  christos 
   2436  1.1  christos       if (ntok == 2)
   2437  1.1  christos 	basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
   2438  1.1  christos 		   ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
   2439  1.1  christos       else
   2440  1.1  christos 	basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
   2441  1.1  christos 
   2442  1.1  christos       /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2443  1.1  christos       lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
   2444  1.1  christos 
   2445  1.1  christos       /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2446  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2447  1.1  christos       set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2448  1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
   2449  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2450  1.1  christos 
   2451  1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2452  1.1  christos 	{
   2453  1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2454  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2455  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2456  1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2457  1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2458  1.1  christos 	}
   2459  1.1  christos 
   2460  1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2461  1.1  christos 
   2462  1.1  christos       /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10".  */
   2463  1.1  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2464  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
   2465  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
   2466  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2467  1.1  christos 
   2468  1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2469  1.1  christos 	{
   2470  1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2471  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2472  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2473  1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2474  1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2475  1.1  christos 	}
   2476  1.1  christos 
   2477  1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2478  1.1  christos 
   2479  1.1  christos       /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2480  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2481  1.1  christos       newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2482  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
   2483  1.1  christos 
   2484  1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2485  1.1  christos 	{
   2486  1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2487  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
   2488  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2489  1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2490  1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2491  1.1  christos 	}
   2492  1.1  christos 
   2493  1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2494  1.1  christos 
   2495  1.1  christos       /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9".  */
   2496  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2497  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2498  1.1  christos 
   2499  1.1  christos       /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at).  */
   2500  1.1  christos       set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
   2501  1.1  christos       set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2502  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2503  1.1  christos 
   2504  1.1  christos       if (lituse)
   2505  1.1  christos 	{
   2506  1.1  christos 	  gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2507  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
   2508  1.1  christos 	  insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2509  1.1  christos 	  insn.nfixups++;
   2510  1.1  christos 	  insn.sequence = lituse;
   2511  1.1  christos 	}
   2512  1.1  christos 
   2513  1.1  christos       emit_insn (&insn);
   2514  1.1  christos     }
   2515  1.1  christos }
   2516  1.1  christos 
   2517  1.1  christos /* Store an integer to an unaligned address.  */
   2518  1.1  christos 
   2519  1.1  christos static void
   2520  1.1  christos emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
   2521  1.1  christos 	   int ntok,
   2522  1.1  christos 	   const void * vlgsize)
   2523  1.1  christos {
   2524  1.1  christos   int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
   2525  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2526  1.1  christos 
   2527  1.1  christos   /* Emit "lda $at, exp".  */
   2528  1.1  christos   memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   2529  1.1  christos   newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
   2530  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
   2531  1.1  christos 
   2532  1.1  christos   /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)".  */
   2533  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2534  1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2535  1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2536  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2537  1.1  christos 
   2538  1.1  christos   /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)".  */
   2539  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2540  1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2541  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2542  1.1  christos 
   2543  1.1  christos   /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11".  */
   2544  1.1  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2545  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2546  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
   2547  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2548  1.1  christos 
   2549  1.1  christos   /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12".  */
   2550  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
   2551  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2552  1.1  christos 
   2553  1.1  christos   /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9".  */
   2554  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2555  1.1  christos   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2556  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2557  1.1  christos 
   2558  1.1  christos   /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10".  */
   2559  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2560  1.1  christos   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2561  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
   2562  1.1  christos 
   2563  1.1  christos   /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9".  */
   2564  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2565  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2566  1.1  christos   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2567  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2568  1.1  christos 
   2569  1.1  christos   /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10".  */
   2570  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2571  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
   2572  1.1  christos   newtok[2] = newtok[0];
   2573  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
   2574  1.1  christos 
   2575  1.1  christos   /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)".  */
   2576  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2577  1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
   2578  1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
   2579  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2580  1.1  christos 
   2581  1.1  christos   /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)".  */
   2582  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2583  1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2584  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
   2585  1.1  christos }
   2586  1.1  christos 
   2587  1.1  christos /* Sign extend a half-word or byte.  The 32-bit sign extend is
   2588  1.1  christos    implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table.  */
   2589  1.1  christos 
   2590  1.1  christos static void
   2591  1.1  christos emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
   2592  1.1  christos 	    int ntok,
   2593  1.1  christos 	    const void * vlgsize)
   2594  1.1  christos {
   2595  1.1  christos   long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
   2596  1.1  christos 
   2597  1.1  christos   if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
   2598  1.1  christos     assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
   2599  1.1  christos   else
   2600  1.1  christos     {
   2601  1.1  christos       int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
   2602  1.1  christos       expressionS newtok[3];
   2603  1.1  christos 
   2604  1.1  christos       /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst".  */
   2605  1.1  christos       newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2606  1.1  christos       set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
   2607  1.1  christos       newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
   2608  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
   2609  1.1  christos 
   2610  1.1  christos       /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst".  */
   2611  1.1  christos       newtok[0] = newtok[2];
   2612  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
   2613  1.1  christos     }
   2614  1.1  christos }
   2615  1.1  christos 
   2616  1.1  christos /* Implement the division and modulus macros.  */
   2617  1.1  christos 
   2618  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2619  1.1  christos 
   2620  1.1  christos /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
   2621  1.1  christos    Don't clobber PV and RA.  */
   2622  1.1  christos 
   2623  1.1  christos static void
   2624  1.1  christos emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2625  1.1  christos 	       int ntok,
   2626  1.1  christos 	       const void * symname)
   2627  1.1  christos {
   2628  1.1  christos   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2629  1.1  christos 
   2630  1.1  christos      Convert
   2631  1.1  christos         OP x,y,result
   2632  1.1  christos      to
   2633  1.1  christos         mov x,R16	# if x != R16
   2634  1.1  christos         mov y,R17	# if y != R17
   2635  1.1  christos         lda AT,__OP
   2636  1.1  christos         jsr AT,(AT),0
   2637  1.1  christos         mov R0,result
   2638  1.1  christos 
   2639  1.1  christos      with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
   2640  1.1  christos      specified by the compiler.  */
   2641  1.1  christos 
   2642  1.1  christos   int xr, yr, rr;
   2643  1.1  christos   symbolS *sym;
   2644  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2645  1.1  christos 
   2646  1.1  christos   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2647  1.1  christos   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2648  1.1  christos 
   2649  1.1  christos   if (ntok < 3)
   2650  1.1  christos     rr = xr;
   2651  1.1  christos   else
   2652  1.1  christos     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2653  1.1  christos 
   2654  1.1  christos   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2655  1.1  christos   if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
   2656  1.1  christos     {
   2657  1.1  christos       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2658  1.1  christos       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2659  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2660  1.1  christos 
   2661  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2662  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2663  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2664  1.1  christos 
   2665  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
   2666  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2667  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2668  1.1  christos 
   2669  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2670  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2671  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2672  1.1  christos     }
   2673  1.1  christos   else
   2674  1.1  christos     {
   2675  1.1  christos       if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
   2676  1.1  christos 	{
   2677  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
   2678  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2679  1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2680  1.1  christos 	}
   2681  1.1  christos 
   2682  1.1  christos       if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
   2683  1.1  christos 	{
   2684  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2685  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
   2686  1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2687  1.1  christos 	}
   2688  1.1  christos 
   2689  1.1  christos       if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
   2690  1.1  christos 	{
   2691  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2692  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
   2693  1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2694  1.1  christos 	}
   2695  1.1  christos     }
   2696  1.1  christos 
   2697  1.1  christos   sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
   2698  1.1  christos 
   2699  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2700  1.1  christos   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2701  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
   2702  1.1  christos 
   2703  1.1  christos   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2704  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2705  1.1  christos   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2706  1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2707  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
   2708  1.1  christos 
   2709  1.1  christos   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2710  1.1  christos   if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
   2711  1.1  christos     {
   2712  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
   2713  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2714  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2715  1.1  christos     }
   2716  1.1  christos }
   2717  1.1  christos 
   2718  1.1  christos #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2719  1.1  christos 
   2720  1.1  christos static void
   2721  1.1  christos emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
   2722  1.1  christos 	       int ntok,
   2723  1.1  christos 	       const void * symname)
   2724  1.1  christos {
   2725  1.1  christos   /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
   2726  1.1  christos      Convert
   2727  1.1  christos         OP x,y,result
   2728  1.1  christos      to
   2729  1.1  christos         lda pv,__OP
   2730  1.1  christos         mov x,t10
   2731  1.1  christos         mov y,t11
   2732  1.1  christos         jsr t9,(pv),__OP
   2733  1.1  christos         mov t12,result
   2734  1.1  christos 
   2735  1.1  christos      with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
   2736  1.1  christos      specified by the compiler.  */
   2737  1.1  christos 
   2738  1.1  christos   int xr, yr, rr;
   2739  1.1  christos   symbolS *sym;
   2740  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2741  1.1  christos 
   2742  1.1  christos   xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
   2743  1.1  christos   yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
   2744  1.1  christos 
   2745  1.1  christos   if (ntok < 3)
   2746  1.1  christos     rr = xr;
   2747  1.1  christos   else
   2748  1.1  christos     rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
   2749  1.1  christos 
   2750  1.1  christos   sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
   2751  1.1  christos 
   2752  1.1  christos   /* Move the operands into the right place.  */
   2753  1.1  christos   if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
   2754  1.1  christos     {
   2755  1.1  christos       /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT.  */
   2756  1.1  christos       if (alpha_noat_on)
   2757  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
   2758  1.1  christos 
   2759  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2760  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
   2761  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2762  1.1  christos 
   2763  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
   2764  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2765  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2766  1.1  christos 
   2767  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
   2768  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2769  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2770  1.1  christos     }
   2771  1.1  christos   else
   2772  1.1  christos     {
   2773  1.1  christos       if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
   2774  1.1  christos 	{
   2775  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
   2776  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2777  1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2778  1.1  christos 	}
   2779  1.1  christos 
   2780  1.1  christos       if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
   2781  1.1  christos 	{
   2782  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
   2783  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
   2784  1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2785  1.1  christos 	}
   2786  1.1  christos 
   2787  1.1  christos       if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
   2788  1.1  christos 	{
   2789  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
   2790  1.1  christos 	  set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
   2791  1.1  christos 	  assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2792  1.1  christos 	}
   2793  1.1  christos     }
   2794  1.1  christos 
   2795  1.1  christos   /* Call the division routine.  */
   2796  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
   2797  1.1  christos   set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
   2798  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
   2799  1.1  christos 
   2800  1.1  christos   /* Reload the GP register.  */
   2801  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2802  1.1  christos FIXME
   2803  1.1  christos #endif
   2804  1.1  christos #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2805  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
   2806  1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2807  1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
   2808  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
   2809  1.1  christos #endif
   2810  1.1  christos 
   2811  1.1  christos   /* Move the result to the right place.  */
   2812  1.1  christos   if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
   2813  1.1  christos     {
   2814  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
   2815  1.1  christos       set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
   2816  1.1  christos       assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
   2817  1.1  christos     }
   2818  1.1  christos }
   2819  1.1  christos 
   2820  1.1  christos #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
   2821  1.1  christos 
   2822  1.1  christos /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
   2823  1.1  christos    in that they can load the target address and default most
   2824  1.1  christos    everything.  */
   2825  1.1  christos 
   2826  1.1  christos static void
   2827  1.1  christos emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
   2828  1.1  christos 	     int ntok,
   2829  1.1  christos 	     const void * vopname)
   2830  1.1  christos {
   2831  1.1  christos   const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
   2832  1.1  christos   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2833  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2834  1.1  christos   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2835  1.1  christos   long lituse = 0;
   2836  1.1  christos 
   2837  1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2838  1.1  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2839  1.1  christos   else
   2840  1.1  christos     r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
   2841  1.1  christos 
   2842  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2843  1.1  christos 
   2844  1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2845  1.1  christos       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2846  1.1  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2847  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2848  1.1  christos   /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>.  */
   2849  1.1  christos #else
   2850  1.1  christos   else
   2851  1.1  christos     {
   2852  1.1  christos       int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
   2853  1.1  christos       lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
   2854  1.1  christos 				&basereg, NULL, opname);
   2855  1.1  christos     }
   2856  1.1  christos #endif
   2857  1.1  christos 
   2858  1.1  christos   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2859  1.1  christos 
   2860  1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   2861  1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2862  1.1  christos     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2863  1.1  christos   else
   2864  1.1  christos #endif
   2865  1.1  christos     set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
   2866  1.1  christos 
   2867  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
   2868  1.1  christos 
   2869  1.1  christos   if (lituse)
   2870  1.1  christos     {
   2871  1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2872  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
   2873  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
   2874  1.1  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2875  1.1  christos       insn.sequence = lituse;
   2876  1.1  christos     }
   2877  1.1  christos 
   2878  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   2879  1.1  christos   if (alpha_flag_replace
   2880  1.1  christos       && r == AXP_REG_RA
   2881  1.1  christos       && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
   2882  1.1  christos       && alpha_linkage_symbol)
   2883  1.5  christos     {
   2884  1.1  christos       /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'.  */
   2885  1.1  christos       const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   2886  1.1  christos       int symlen = strlen (symname);
   2887  1.1  christos       char *ensymname;
   2888  1.1  christos 
   2889  1.1  christos       /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'.  */
   2890  1.1  christos       ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, symlen + 5);
   2891  1.1  christos       memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
   2892  1.1  christos       memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
   2893  1.1  christos 
   2894  1.1  christos       gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
   2895  1.1  christos       if (insn.nfixups > 0)
   2896  1.1  christos 	{
   2897  1.1  christos 	  memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
   2898  1.1  christos 		   sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
   2899  1.1  christos 	}
   2900  1.1  christos 
   2901  1.1  christos       /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
   2902  1.1  christos 	 case in load_expression.  See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
   2903  1.1  christos 	 Linker Utility Manual.  */
   2904  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
   2905  1.5  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
   2906  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
   2907  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
   2908  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
   2909  1.1  christos       insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   2910  1.1  christos       insn.nfixups++;
   2911  1.1  christos       alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
   2912  1.1  christos       free (ensymname);
   2913  1.1  christos     }
   2914  1.1  christos #endif
   2915  1.1  christos 
   2916  1.1  christos   emit_insn (&insn);
   2917  1.1  christos }
   2918  1.1  christos 
   2919  1.1  christos /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
   2920  1.1  christos    counterparts in that everything can be defaulted.  */
   2921  1.1  christos 
   2922  1.1  christos static void
   2923  1.1  christos emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
   2924  1.1  christos 	     int ntok,
   2925  1.1  christos 	     const void * vopname)
   2926  1.1  christos {
   2927  1.1  christos   const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
   2928  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2929  1.1  christos   int r, tokidx = 0;
   2930  1.1  christos 
   2931  1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
   2932  1.1  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2933  1.1  christos   else
   2934  1.1  christos     r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
   2935  1.1  christos 
   2936  1.1  christos   set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
   2937  1.1  christos 
   2938  1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok &&
   2939  1.1  christos       (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
   2940  1.1  christos     r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
   2941  1.1  christos   else
   2942  1.1  christos     r = AXP_REG_RA;
   2943  1.1  christos 
   2944  1.1  christos   set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
   2945  1.1  christos 
   2946  1.1  christos   if (tokidx < ntok)
   2947  1.1  christos     newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
   2948  1.1  christos   else
   2949  1.1  christos     set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0);
   2950  1.1  christos 
   2951  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
   2952  1.1  christos }
   2953  1.1  christos 
   2954  1.1  christos /* Implement the ldgp macro.  */
   2955  1.1  christos 
   2956  1.1  christos static void
   2957  1.1  christos emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2958  1.1  christos 	   int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2959  1.1  christos 	   const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   2960  1.1  christos {
   2961  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
   2962  1.1  christos FIXME
   2963  1.1  christos #endif
   2964  1.1  christos #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
   2965  1.1  christos   /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
   2966  1.1  christos      with appropriate constants and relocations.  */
   2967  1.1  christos   struct alpha_insn insn;
   2968  1.1  christos   expressionS newtok[3];
   2969  1.1  christos   expressionS addend;
   2970  1.1  christos 
   2971  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2972  1.1  christos   if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
   2973  1.1  christos     ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
   2974  1.1  christos #endif
   2975  1.1  christos 
   2976  1.1  christos   newtok[0] = tok[0];
   2977  1.1  christos   set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
   2978  1.1  christos   newtok[2] = tok[2];
   2979  1.1  christos 
   2980  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
   2981  1.1  christos 
   2982  1.1  christos   addend = tok[1];
   2983  1.1  christos 
   2984  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   2985  1.1  christos   if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
   2986  1.1  christos     as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
   2987  1.1  christos   addend.X_op = O_symbol;
   2988  1.1  christos   addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   2989  1.1  christos #endif
   2990  1.1  christos 
   2991  1.1  christos   insn.nfixups = 1;
   2992  1.1  christos   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   2993  1.1  christos   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
   2994  1.1  christos   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
   2995  1.1  christos 
   2996  1.1  christos   emit_insn (&insn);
   2997  1.1  christos 
   2998  1.1  christos   set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
   2999  1.1  christos 
   3000  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
   3001  1.1  christos 
   3002  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3003  1.1  christos   addend.X_add_number += 4;
   3004  1.1  christos #endif
   3005  1.1  christos 
   3006  1.1  christos   insn.nfixups = 1;
   3007  1.1  christos   insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
   3008  1.1  christos   insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
   3009  1.1  christos   insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
   3010  1.1  christos 
   3011  1.1  christos   emit_insn (&insn);
   3012  1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
   3013  1.1  christos }
   3014  1.1  christos 
   3015  1.1  christos /* The macro table.  */
   3016  1.1  christos 
   3017  1.1  christos static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
   3018  1.1  christos {
   3019  1.1  christos /* Load/Store macros.  */
   3020  1.1  christos   { "lda",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3021  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3022  1.1  christos   { "ldah",	emit_ldah, NULL,
   3023  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3024  1.1  christos 
   3025  1.1  christos   { "ldl",	emit_ir_load, "ldl",
   3026  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3027  1.1  christos   { "ldl_l",	emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
   3028  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3029  1.1  christos   { "ldq",	emit_ir_load, "ldq",
   3030  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3031  1.1  christos   { "ldq_l",	emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
   3032  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3033  1.1  christos   { "ldq_u",	emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
   3034  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3035  1.1  christos   { "ldf",	emit_loadstore, "ldf",
   3036  1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3037  1.1  christos   { "ldg",	emit_loadstore, "ldg",
   3038  1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3039  1.1  christos   { "lds",	emit_loadstore, "lds",
   3040  1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3041  1.1  christos   { "ldt",	emit_loadstore, "ldt",
   3042  1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3043  1.1  christos 
   3044  1.1  christos   { "ldb",	emit_ldX, (void *) 0,
   3045  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3046  1.1  christos   { "ldbu",	emit_ldXu, (void *) 0,
   3047  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3048  1.1  christos   { "ldw",	emit_ldX, (void *) 1,
   3049  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3050  1.1  christos   { "ldwu",	emit_ldXu, (void *) 1,
   3051  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3052  1.1  christos 
   3053  1.1  christos   { "uldw",	emit_uldX, (void *) 1,
   3054  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3055  1.1  christos   { "uldwu",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 1,
   3056  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3057  1.1  christos   { "uldl",	emit_uldX, (void *) 2,
   3058  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3059  1.1  christos   { "uldlu",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 2,
   3060  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3061  1.1  christos   { "uldq",	emit_uldXu, (void *) 3,
   3062  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3063  1.1  christos 
   3064  1.1  christos   { "ldgp",	emit_ldgp, NULL,
   3065  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3066  1.1  christos 
   3067  1.1  christos   { "ldi",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3068  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3069  1.1  christos   { "ldil",	emit_ldil, NULL,
   3070  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3071  1.1  christos   { "ldiq",	emit_lda, NULL,
   3072  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3073  1.1  christos 
   3074  1.1  christos   { "stl",	emit_loadstore, "stl",
   3075  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3076  1.1  christos   { "stl_c",	emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
   3077  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3078  1.1  christos   { "stq",	emit_loadstore, "stq",
   3079  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3080  1.1  christos   { "stq_c",	emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
   3081  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3082  1.1  christos   { "stq_u",	emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
   3083  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3084  1.1  christos   { "stf",	emit_loadstore, "stf",
   3085  1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3086  1.1  christos   { "stg",	emit_loadstore, "stg",
   3087  1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3088  1.1  christos   { "sts",	emit_loadstore, "sts",
   3089  1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3090  1.1  christos   { "stt",	emit_loadstore, "stt",
   3091  1.1  christos     { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3092  1.1  christos 
   3093  1.1  christos   { "stb",	emit_stX, (void *) 0,
   3094  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3095  1.1  christos   { "stw",	emit_stX, (void *) 1,
   3096  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3097  1.1  christos   { "ustw",	emit_ustX, (void *) 1,
   3098  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3099  1.1  christos   { "ustl",	emit_ustX, (void *) 2,
   3100  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3101  1.1  christos   { "ustq",	emit_ustX, (void *) 3,
   3102  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
   3103  1.1  christos 
   3104  1.1  christos /* Arithmetic macros.  */
   3105  1.1  christos 
   3106  1.1  christos   { "sextb",	emit_sextX, (void *) 0,
   3107  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3108  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3109  1.1  christos       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3110  1.1  christos   { "sextw",	emit_sextX, (void *) 1,
   3111  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3112  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3113  1.1  christos       /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3114  1.1  christos 
   3115  1.1  christos   { "divl",	emit_division, "__divl",
   3116  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3117  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3118  1.1  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3119  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3120  1.1  christos   { "divlu",	emit_division, "__divlu",
   3121  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3122  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3123  1.1  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3124  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3125  1.1  christos   { "divq",	emit_division, "__divq",
   3126  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3127  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3128  1.1  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3129  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3130  1.1  christos   { "divqu",	emit_division, "__divqu",
   3131  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3132  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3133  1.1  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3134  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3135  1.1  christos   { "reml",	emit_division, "__reml",
   3136  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3137  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3138  1.1  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3139  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3140  1.1  christos   { "remlu",	emit_division, "__remlu",
   3141  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3142  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3143  1.1  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3144  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3145  1.1  christos   { "remq",	emit_division, "__remq",
   3146  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3147  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3148  1.1  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3149  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3150  1.1  christos   { "remqu",	emit_division, "__remqu",
   3151  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3152  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3153  1.1  christos       /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3154  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
   3155  1.1  christos 
   3156  1.1  christos   { "jsr",	emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
   3157  1.1  christos     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3158  1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3159  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3160  1.1  christos       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3161  1.1  christos   { "jmp",	emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
   3162  1.1  christos     { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3163  1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3164  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3165  1.1  christos       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
   3166  1.1  christos   { "ret",	emit_retjcr, "ret",
   3167  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3168  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
   3169  1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3170  1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3171  1.1  christos       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3172  1.1  christos       MACRO_EOA } },
   3173  1.1  christos   { "jcr",	emit_retjcr, "jcr",
   3174  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3175  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3176  1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3177  1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3178  1.1  christos       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3179  1.1  christos       MACRO_EOA } },
   3180  1.1  christos   { "jsr_coroutine",	emit_retjcr, "jcr",
   3181  1.1  christos     { MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3182  1.1  christos       MACRO_IR,  MACRO_EOA,
   3183  1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3184  1.1  christos       MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
   3185  1.1  christos       MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
   3186  1.1  christos       MACRO_EOA } },
   3187  1.1  christos };
   3188  1.1  christos 
   3189  1.1  christos static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
   3190  1.1  christos   = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
   3191  1.1  christos 
   3192  1.1  christos /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
   3193  1.1  christos    match.  */
   3194  1.1  christos 
   3195  1.1  christos static const struct alpha_macro *
   3196  1.1  christos find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
   3197  1.1  christos 		  const expressionS *tok,
   3198  1.1  christos 		  int *pntok)
   3199  1.1  christos 
   3200  1.1  christos {
   3201  1.1  christos   const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
   3202  1.1  christos   int ntok = *pntok;
   3203  1.1  christos 
   3204  1.1  christos   do
   3205  1.1  christos     {
   3206  1.1  christos       const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
   3207  1.1  christos       int tokidx = 0;
   3208  1.1  christos 
   3209  1.1  christos       while (*arg)
   3210  1.1  christos 	{
   3211  1.1  christos 	  switch (*arg)
   3212  1.1  christos 	    {
   3213  1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_EOA:
   3214  1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx == ntok)
   3215  1.1  christos 		return macro;
   3216  1.1  christos 	      else
   3217  1.1  christos 		tokidx = 0;
   3218  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3219  1.1  christos 
   3220  1.1  christos 	      /* Index register.  */
   3221  1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_IR:
   3222  1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3223  1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3224  1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   3225  1.1  christos 	      ++tokidx;
   3226  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3227  1.1  christos 
   3228  1.1  christos 	      /* Parenthesized index register.  */
   3229  1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_PIR:
   3230  1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
   3231  1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3232  1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   3233  1.1  christos 	      ++tokidx;
   3234  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3235  1.1  christos 
   3236  1.1  christos 	      /* Optional parenthesized index register.  */
   3237  1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_OPIR:
   3238  1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
   3239  1.1  christos 		  && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3240  1.1  christos 		++tokidx;
   3241  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3242  1.1  christos 
   3243  1.1  christos 	      /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register.  */
   3244  1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_CPIR:
   3245  1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
   3246  1.1  christos 		  || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3247  1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   3248  1.1  christos 	      ++tokidx;
   3249  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3250  1.1  christos 
   3251  1.1  christos 	      /* Floating point register.  */
   3252  1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_FPR:
   3253  1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   3254  1.1  christos 		  || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   3255  1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   3256  1.1  christos 	      ++tokidx;
   3257  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3258  1.1  christos 
   3259  1.1  christos 	      /* Normal expression.  */
   3260  1.1  christos 	    case MACRO_EXP:
   3261  1.1  christos 	      if (tokidx >= ntok)
   3262  1.1  christos 		goto match_failed;
   3263  1.1  christos 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   3264  1.1  christos 		{
   3265  1.1  christos 		case O_illegal:
   3266  1.1  christos 		case O_absent:
   3267  1.1  christos 		case O_register:
   3268  1.1  christos 		case O_pregister:
   3269  1.1  christos 		case O_cpregister:
   3270  1.1  christos 		case O_literal:
   3271  1.1  christos 		case O_lituse_base:
   3272  1.1  christos 		case O_lituse_bytoff:
   3273  1.1  christos 		case O_lituse_jsr:
   3274  1.1  christos 		case O_gpdisp:
   3275  1.1  christos 		case O_gprelhigh:
   3276  1.1  christos 		case O_gprellow:
   3277  1.1  christos 		case O_gprel:
   3278  1.1  christos 		case O_samegp:
   3279  1.1  christos 		  goto match_failed;
   3280  1.1  christos 
   3281  1.1  christos 		default:
   3282  1.1  christos 		  break;
   3283  1.1  christos 		}
   3284  1.1  christos 	      ++tokidx;
   3285  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3286  1.1  christos 
   3287  1.1  christos 	    match_failed:
   3288  1.1  christos 	      while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
   3289  1.1  christos 		++arg;
   3290  1.1  christos 	      tokidx = 0;
   3291  1.1  christos 	      break;
   3292  1.1  christos 	    }
   3293  1.1  christos 	  ++arg;
   3294  1.1  christos 	}
   3295  1.1  christos     }
   3296  1.1  christos   while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
   3297  1.1  christos 	 && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
   3298  1.1  christos 
   3299  1.1  christos   return NULL;
   3300  1.1  christos }
   3301  1.1  christos 
   3302  1.1  christos /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
   3303  1.1  christos    opcode all the way through emission.  */
   3304  1.1  christos 
   3305  1.1  christos static void
   3306  1.1  christos assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
   3307  1.1  christos 		 const expressionS *tok,
   3308  1.1  christos 		 int ntok,
   3309  1.1  christos 		 int local_macros_on)
   3310  1.1  christos {
   3311  1.1  christos   int found_something = 0;
   3312  1.1  christos   const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
   3313  1.1  christos   const struct alpha_macro *macro;
   3314  1.1  christos   int cpumatch = 1;
   3315  1.1  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3316  1.1  christos 
   3317  1.1  christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
   3318  1.1  christos   /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro.  */
   3319  1.1  christos   if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
   3320  1.1  christos     {
   3321  1.1  christos       reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
   3322  1.1  christos       ntok--;
   3323  1.1  christos     }
   3324  1.1  christos   else
   3325  1.1  christos #endif
   3326  1.1  christos   if (local_macros_on)
   3327  1.1  christos     {
   3328  1.1  christos       macro = ((const struct alpha_macro *)
   3329  1.1  christos 	       hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname));
   3330  1.1  christos       if (macro)
   3331  1.1  christos 	{
   3332  1.1  christos 	  found_something = 1;
   3333  1.1  christos 	  macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
   3334  1.1  christos 	  if (macro)
   3335  1.1  christos 	    {
   3336  1.1  christos 	      (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
   3337  1.1  christos 	      return;
   3338  1.1  christos 	    }
   3339  1.1  christos 	}
   3340  1.1  christos     }
   3341  1.1  christos 
   3342  1.1  christos   /* Search opcodes.  */
   3343  1.1  christos   opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
   3344  1.1  christos   if (opcode)
   3345  1.1  christos     {
   3346  1.1  christos       found_something = 1;
   3347  1.1  christos       opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
   3348  1.1  christos       if (opcode)
   3349  1.1  christos 	{
   3350  1.1  christos 	  struct alpha_insn insn;
   3351  1.1  christos 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
   3352  1.1  christos 
   3353  1.1  christos 	  /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token.  */
   3354  1.1  christos 	  if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   3355  1.1  christos 	    insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
   3356  1.1  christos 
   3357  1.1  christos 	  emit_insn (&insn);
   3358  1.1  christos 	  return;
   3359  1.1  christos 	}
   3360  1.1  christos     }
   3361  1.1  christos 
   3362  1.1  christos   if (found_something)
   3363  1.1  christos     {
   3364  1.1  christos       if (cpumatch)
   3365  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3366  1.1  christos       else
   3367  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   3368  1.1  christos 		alpha_target_name);
   3369  1.1  christos     }
   3370  1.6  christos   else
   3371  1.1  christos     as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
   3372  1.1  christos }
   3373  1.1  christos 
   3374  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3376  1.1  christos 
   3377  1.1  christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
   3378  1.1  christos    Return offset from current procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
   3379  1.1  christos 
   3380  1.1  christos    Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit.  */
   3381  1.1  christos 
   3382  1.1  christos static symbolS *
   3383  1.1  christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
   3384  1.1  christos {
   3385  1.3  christos   symbolS *basesym;
   3386  1.1  christos   segT current_section = now_seg;
   3387  1.1  christos   int current_subsec = now_subseg;
   3388  1.1  christos   char *p;
   3389  1.1  christos   segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
   3390  1.1  christos   fixS *fixp;
   3391  1.1  christos   symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
   3392  1.1  christos   expressionS e;
   3393  1.1  christos 
   3394  1.1  christos   basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
   3395  1.1  christos 
   3396  1.1  christos   /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
   3397  1.1  christos      size...  Probably correct, but unwise to rely on.  */
   3398  1.1  christos   /* This must always be called with the same subsegment.  */
   3399  1.1  christos 
   3400  1.1  christos   if (seginfo->frchainP)
   3401  1.7  christos     for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
   3402  1.7  christos 	 fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
   3403  1.7  christos 	 fixp = fixp->fx_next)
   3404  1.1  christos       {
   3405  1.1  christos 	if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
   3406  1.1  christos 	    && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend
   3407  1.1  christos 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
   3408  1.1  christos 	    && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
   3409  1.1  christos 	    && symbol_symbolS (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
   3410  1.1  christos 	    && (symbol_get_value_expression (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
   3411  1.1  christos 		->X_op_symbol == basesym))
   3412  1.1  christos 	  return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
   3413  1.1  christos       }
   3414  1.1  christos 
   3415  1.1  christos   /* Not found, add a new entry.  */
   3416  1.1  christos   subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
   3417  1.1  christos   linksym = symbol_new
   3418  1.1  christos     (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   3419  1.1  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   3420  1.1  christos   memset (p, 0, 8);
   3421  1.1  christos 
   3422  1.1  christos   /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry).  */
   3423  1.1  christos   e.X_op = O_subtract;
   3424  1.1  christos   e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
   3425  1.1  christos   e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
   3426  1.1  christos   e.X_add_number = 0;
   3427  1.1  christos   expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
   3428  1.1  christos 
   3429  1.1  christos   /* Create a fixup for the entry.  */
   3430  1.1  christos   fixp = fix_new
   3431  1.1  christos     (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   3432  1.1  christos   fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
   3433  1.1  christos   fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
   3434  1.1  christos 
   3435  1.1  christos   subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
   3436  1.1  christos 
   3437  1.1  christos   /* Return the symbol.  */
   3438  1.1  christos   return expsym;
   3439  1.1  christos }
   3440  1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
   3441  1.1  christos 
   3442  1.1  christos /* Assembler directives.  */
   3444  1.1  christos 
   3445  1.1  christos /* Handle the .text pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3446  1.1  christos    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3447  1.1  christos 
   3448  1.1  christos static void
   3449  1.1  christos s_alpha_text (int i)
   3450  1.1  christos {
   3451  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3452  1.1  christos   obj_elf_text (i);
   3453  1.1  christos #else
   3454  1.1  christos   s_text (i);
   3455  1.1  christos #endif
   3456  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3457  1.1  christos   {
   3458  1.1  christos     symbolS * symbolP;
   3459  1.1  christos 
   3460  1.1  christos     symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
   3461  1.1  christos     if (symbolP == NULL)
   3462  1.1  christos       {
   3463  1.1  christos 	symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
   3464  1.1  christos 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
   3465  1.1  christos 	symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
   3466  1.1  christos       }
   3467  1.1  christos   }
   3468  1.1  christos #endif
   3469  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3470  1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3471  1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3472  1.1  christos }
   3473  1.1  christos 
   3474  1.1  christos /* Handle the .data pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3475  1.1  christos    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3476  1.1  christos 
   3477  1.1  christos static void
   3478  1.1  christos s_alpha_data (int i)
   3479  1.1  christos {
   3480  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3481  1.1  christos   obj_elf_data (i);
   3482  1.1  christos #else
   3483  1.1  christos   s_data (i);
   3484  1.1  christos #endif
   3485  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3486  1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3487  1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3488  1.1  christos }
   3489  1.1  christos 
   3490  1.1  christos #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
   3491  1.1  christos 
   3492  1.1  christos /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks.  */
   3493  1.1  christos 
   3494  1.1  christos static void
   3495  1.1  christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3496  1.1  christos {
   3497  1.1  christos   char *name;
   3498  1.3  christos   char c;
   3499  1.1  christos   char *p;
   3500  1.1  christos   offsetT size;
   3501  1.1  christos   symbolS *symbolP;
   3502  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3503  1.1  christos   offsetT temp;
   3504  1.3  christos   int log_align = 0;
   3505  1.1  christos #endif
   3506  1.1  christos 
   3507  1.1  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3508  1.1  christos 
   3509  1.1  christos   /* Just after name is now '\0'.  */
   3510  1.1  christos   p = input_line_pointer;
   3511  1.1  christos   *p = c;
   3512  1.1  christos 
   3513  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   3514  1.1  christos 
   3515  1.1  christos   /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does.  */
   3516  1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3517  1.1  christos     {
   3518  1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3519  1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3520  1.1  christos     }
   3521  1.1  christos   if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
   3522  1.1  christos     {
   3523  1.1  christos       as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
   3524  1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3525  1.1  christos       return;
   3526  1.1  christos     }
   3527  1.1  christos 
   3528  1.1  christos   *p = 0;
   3529  1.1  christos   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3530  1.1  christos   *p = c;
   3531  1.1  christos 
   3532  1.1  christos   if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
   3533  1.1  christos     {
   3534  1.1  christos       as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
   3535  1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   3536  1.1  christos       return;
   3537  1.1  christos     }
   3538  1.1  christos 
   3539  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   3540  1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   3541  1.1  christos     temp = 8; /* Default alignment.  */
   3542  1.1  christos   else
   3543  1.1  christos     {
   3544  1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3545  1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3546  1.1  christos       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   3547  1.1  christos     }
   3548  1.1  christos 
   3549  1.1  christos   /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units.  */
   3550  1.1  christos   while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
   3551  1.1  christos     ++log_align;
   3552  1.1  christos 
   3553  1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3554  1.5  christos     {
   3555  1.1  christos       /* Extended form of the directive
   3556  1.1  christos 
   3557  1.1  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
   3558  1.1  christos 
   3559  1.3  christos          where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
   3560  1.1  christos          The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name.  */
   3561  1.1  christos 
   3562  1.1  christos       segT sec;
   3563  1.1  christos       const char *sec_name;
   3564  1.1  christos       symbolS *sec_symbol;
   3565  1.1  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3566  1.1  christos       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3567  1.1  christos       int cur_size;
   3568  1.1  christos 
   3569  1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3570  1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3571  1.1  christos       sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   3572  1.1  christos       sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
   3573  1.1  christos       sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
   3574  1.1  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
   3575  1.1  christos       symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   3576  1.1  christos       bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
   3577  1.1  christos 				 EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
   3578  1.1  christos       record_alignment (sec, log_align);
   3579  1.1  christos 
   3580  1.1  christos       /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section.  */
   3581  1.1  christos       cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
   3582  1.1  christos       if ((int) size > cur_size)
   3583  1.1  christos 	{
   3584  1.1  christos 	  char *pfrag
   3585  1.1  christos 	    = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL,
   3586  1.1  christos 			(valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL);
   3587  1.1  christos 	  *pfrag = 0;
   3588  1.1  christos 	  seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size;
   3589  1.1  christos 	}
   3590  1.1  christos 
   3591  1.1  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
   3592  1.1  christos 
   3593  1.1  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3594  1.1  christos     }
   3595  1.1  christos   else
   3596  1.1  christos     {
   3597  1.1  christos       /* Regular form of the directive
   3598  1.1  christos 
   3599  1.1  christos 	   .comm symbol, size, alignment
   3600  1.1  christos 
   3601  1.1  christos 	 where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
   3602  1.1  christos 	 These symbols are assembled in the .bss section.  */
   3603  1.1  christos 
   3604  1.1  christos       char *pfrag;
   3605  1.1  christos       segT current_seg = now_seg;
   3606  1.1  christos       subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
   3607  1.1  christos 
   3608  1.1  christos       subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
   3609  1.1  christos       frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
   3610  1.1  christos       record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
   3611  1.1  christos 
   3612  1.1  christos       symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
   3613  1.3  christos       pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
   3614  1.1  christos                         size, NULL);
   3615  1.1  christos       *pfrag = 0;
   3616  1.1  christos 
   3617  1.1  christos       S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
   3618  1.1  christos 
   3619  1.1  christos       subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
   3620  1.1  christos     }
   3621  1.1  christos #endif
   3622  1.1  christos 
   3623  1.1  christos   if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
   3624  1.1  christos     {
   3625  1.1  christos       if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
   3626  1.1  christos         as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
   3627  1.1  christos                 S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
   3628  1.1  christos                 (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
   3629  1.3  christos                 (long) size);
   3630  1.1  christos     }
   3631  1.7  christos   else
   3632  1.1  christos     {
   3633  1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3634  1.1  christos       S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
   3635  1.1  christos #endif
   3636  1.1  christos       S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
   3637  1.1  christos     }
   3638  1.1  christos 
   3639  1.1  christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
   3640  1.1  christos   know (symbol_get_frag (symbolP) == &zero_address_frag);
   3641  1.1  christos #endif
   3642  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3643  1.1  christos }
   3644  1.1  christos 
   3645  1.1  christos #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
   3646  1.1  christos 
   3647  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3648  1.1  christos 
   3649  1.1  christos /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3650  1.1  christos    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3651  1.1  christos 
   3652  1.1  christos static void
   3653  1.1  christos s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3654  1.1  christos {
   3655  1.1  christos   get_absolute_expression ();
   3656  1.1  christos   subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
   3657  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3658  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3659  1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3660  1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3661  1.1  christos }
   3662  1.1  christos 
   3663  1.1  christos #endif
   3664  1.1  christos 
   3665  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   3666  1.1  christos 
   3667  1.1  christos /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3668  1.1  christos    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3669  1.1  christos 
   3670  1.1  christos static void
   3671  1.1  christos s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3672  1.1  christos {
   3673  1.1  christos   get_absolute_expression ();
   3674  1.1  christos   subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
   3675  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3676  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3677  1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3678  1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3679  1.1  christos }
   3680  1.1  christos #endif
   3681  1.1  christos 
   3682  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   3683  1.1  christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data
   3684  1.1  christos {
   3685  1.1  christos   symbolS *func_sym;
   3686  1.1  christos   symbolS *func_end_sym;
   3687  1.1  christos   symbolS *prologue_sym;
   3688  1.1  christos   unsigned int mask;
   3689  1.1  christos   unsigned int fmask;
   3690  1.1  christos   int fp_regno;
   3691  1.1  christos   int ra_regno;
   3692  1.1  christos   offsetT frame_size;
   3693  1.1  christos   offsetT mask_offset;
   3694  1.3  christos   offsetT fmask_offset;
   3695  1.3  christos 
   3696  1.1  christos   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
   3697  1.1  christos };
   3698  1.1  christos 
   3699  1.1  christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
   3700  1.1  christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
   3701  1.1  christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
   3702  1.1  christos 
   3703  1.1  christos extern int all_cfi_sections;
   3704  1.1  christos 
   3705  1.1  christos /* Handle the .section pseudo-op.  This is like the usual one, but it
   3706  1.1  christos    clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment.  */
   3707  1.1  christos 
   3708  1.1  christos static void
   3709  1.1  christos s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3710  1.1  christos {
   3711  1.1  christos   obj_elf_section (ignore);
   3712  1.1  christos 
   3713  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   3714  1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   3715  1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   3716  1.1  christos }
   3717  1.3  christos 
   3718  1.3  christos static void
   3719  1.3  christos s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3720  1.3  christos {
   3721  1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3722  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_ent (0);
   3723  1.1  christos   else
   3724  1.1  christos     {
   3725  1.3  christos       char *name, name_end;
   3726  1.1  christos 
   3727  1.1  christos       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3728  1.1  christos       /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default.  */
   3729  1.1  christos       all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame;
   3730  1.1  christos 
   3731  1.1  christos       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3732  1.1  christos 	{
   3733  1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
   3734  1.1  christos 	  (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3735  1.1  christos 	}
   3736  1.1  christos       else
   3737  1.5  christos 	{
   3738  1.1  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   3739  1.1  christos 
   3740  1.1  christos 	  if (cur_frame_data)
   3741  1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
   3742  1.1  christos 
   3743  1.1  christos 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   3744  1.1  christos 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   3745  1.1  christos 
   3746  1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data = XCNEW (struct alpha_elf_frame_data);
   3747  1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
   3748  1.1  christos 
   3749  1.1  christos 	  /* Provide sensible defaults.  */
   3750  1.3  christos 	  cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30;	/* sp */
   3751  1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26;	/* ra */
   3752  1.1  christos 
   3753  1.1  christos 	  *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
   3754  1.1  christos 	  plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
   3755  1.1  christos 
   3756  1.1  christos 	  /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number.  Not sure
   3757  1.1  christos 	     what it really means, but ignore it.  */
   3758  1.1  christos 	  *input_line_pointer = name_end;
   3759  1.1  christos 	  SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   3760  1.1  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   3761  1.1  christos 	    {
   3762  1.1  christos 	      input_line_pointer++;
   3763  1.1  christos 	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3764  1.1  christos 	    }
   3765  1.1  christos 	  if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
   3766  1.1  christos 	    (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   3767  1.1  christos 	}
   3768  1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3769  1.1  christos     }
   3770  1.1  christos }
   3771  1.3  christos 
   3772  1.3  christos static void
   3773  1.1  christos s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3774  1.1  christos {
   3775  1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3776  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_end (0);
   3777  1.1  christos   else
   3778  1.1  christos     {
   3779  1.1  christos       char *name, name_end;
   3780  1.1  christos 
   3781  1.1  christos       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   3782  1.1  christos 
   3783  1.1  christos       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   3784  1.1  christos 	{
   3785  1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
   3786  1.1  christos 	}
   3787  1.1  christos       else
   3788  1.1  christos 	{
   3789  1.1  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   3790  1.1  christos 
   3791  1.1  christos 	  sym = symbol_find (name);
   3792  1.5  christos 	  if (!cur_frame_data)
   3793  1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
   3794  1.1  christos 	  else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
   3795  1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
   3796  1.1  christos 
   3797  1.1  christos 	  /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function.  */
   3798  1.1  christos 	  if (sym && cur_frame_data)
   3799  1.1  christos 	    {
   3800  1.1  christos 	      OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
   3801  1.1  christos 	      expressionS *exp = XNEW (expressionS);
   3802  1.1  christos 
   3803  1.1  christos 	      obj->size = exp;
   3804  1.3  christos 	      exp->X_op = O_subtract;
   3805  1.1  christos 	      exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3806  1.3  christos 	      exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
   3807  1.1  christos 	      exp->X_add_number = 0;
   3808  1.1  christos 
   3809  1.1  christos 	      cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
   3810  1.1  christos 	    }
   3811  1.1  christos 
   3812  1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data = NULL;
   3813  1.1  christos 	}
   3814  1.1  christos 
   3815  1.1  christos       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   3816  1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3817  1.1  christos     }
   3818  1.1  christos }
   3819  1.1  christos 
   3820  1.1  christos static void
   3821  1.1  christos s_alpha_mask (int fp)
   3822  1.1  christos {
   3823  1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3824  1.1  christos     {
   3825  1.1  christos       if (fp)
   3826  1.1  christos 	ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
   3827  1.1  christos       else
   3828  1.1  christos 	ecoff_directive_mask (0);
   3829  1.1  christos     }
   3830  1.1  christos   else
   3831  1.1  christos     {
   3832  1.1  christos       long val;
   3833  1.1  christos       offsetT offset;
   3834  1.1  christos 
   3835  1.1  christos       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3836  1.1  christos 	{
   3837  1.1  christos 	  if (fp)
   3838  1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
   3839  1.1  christos 	  else
   3840  1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
   3841  1.1  christos 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3842  1.1  christos 	  return;
   3843  1.1  christos 	}
   3844  1.1  christos 
   3845  1.1  christos       if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3846  1.1  christos 	{
   3847  1.1  christos 	  if (fp)
   3848  1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
   3849  1.1  christos 	  else
   3850  1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
   3851  1.1  christos 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3852  1.1  christos 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3853  1.1  christos 	  return;
   3854  1.1  christos 	}
   3855  1.1  christos 
   3856  1.1  christos       offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   3857  1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3858  1.1  christos 
   3859  1.1  christos       if (fp)
   3860  1.1  christos 	{
   3861  1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
   3862  1.1  christos           cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
   3863  1.1  christos 	}
   3864  1.1  christos       else
   3865  1.1  christos 	{
   3866  1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data->mask = val;
   3867  1.1  christos 	  cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
   3868  1.1  christos 	}
   3869  1.1  christos     }
   3870  1.1  christos }
   3871  1.1  christos 
   3872  1.1  christos static void
   3873  1.1  christos s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3874  1.1  christos {
   3875  1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3876  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_frame (0);
   3877  1.1  christos   else
   3878  1.1  christos     {
   3879  1.1  christos       long val;
   3880  1.1  christos 
   3881  1.1  christos       if (!cur_frame_data)
   3882  1.1  christos 	{
   3883  1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
   3884  1.1  christos 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3885  1.1  christos 	  return;
   3886  1.1  christos 	}
   3887  1.1  christos 
   3888  1.1  christos       cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
   3889  1.1  christos 
   3890  1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   3891  1.1  christos       if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   3892  1.1  christos 	  || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   3893  1.1  christos 	{
   3894  1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
   3895  1.1  christos 	  --input_line_pointer;
   3896  1.1  christos 	  discard_rest_of_line ();
   3897  1.1  christos 	  return;
   3898  1.1  christos 	}
   3899  1.1  christos       cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
   3900  1.1  christos 
   3901  1.1  christos       cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
   3902  1.1  christos 
   3903  1.1  christos       /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp".  In gcc terms
   3904  1.1  christos 	 this is current_function_pretend_args_size.  There's no place
   3905  1.1  christos 	 to put this value, so ignore it.  */
   3906  1.1  christos       s_ignore (42);
   3907  1.1  christos     }
   3908  1.1  christos }
   3909  1.1  christos 
   3910  1.1  christos static void
   3911  1.1  christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3912  1.1  christos {
   3913  1.1  christos   symbolS *sym;
   3914  1.1  christos   int arg;
   3915  1.1  christos 
   3916  1.1  christos   arg = get_absolute_expression ();
   3917  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   3918  1.1  christos   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
   3919  1.1  christos     (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   3920  1.1  christos 
   3921  1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3922  1.1  christos     sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
   3923  1.1  christos   else
   3924  1.1  christos     sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
   3925  1.1  christos 
   3926  1.1  christos   if (sym == NULL)
   3927  1.1  christos     {
   3928  1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
   3929  1.1  christos       return;
   3930  1.1  christos     }
   3931  1.1  christos 
   3932  1.1  christos   switch (arg)
   3933  1.1  christos     {
   3934  1.1  christos     case 0: /* No PV required.  */
   3935  1.1  christos       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
   3936  1.1  christos 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3937  1.1  christos       break;
   3938  1.1  christos     case 1: /* Std GP load.  */
   3939  1.1  christos       S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
   3940  1.1  christos 		   | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   3941  1.1  christos       break;
   3942  1.1  christos     case 2: /* Non-std use of PV.  */
   3943  1.1  christos       break;
   3944  1.1  christos 
   3945  1.1  christos     default:
   3946  1.1  christos       as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
   3947  1.1  christos       break;
   3948  1.1  christos     }
   3949  1.1  christos 
   3950  1.1  christos   if (cur_frame_data)
   3951  1.1  christos     cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
   3952  1.1  christos }
   3953  1.1  christos 
   3954  1.1  christos static char *first_file_directive;
   3955  1.1  christos 
   3956  1.1  christos static void
   3957  1.1  christos s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3958  1.1  christos {
   3959  1.1  christos   /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
   3960  1.5  christos      minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled.  */
   3961  1.1  christos   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
   3962  1.1  christos     {
   3963  1.1  christos       char *start = input_line_pointer;
   3964  1.1  christos       size_t len;
   3965  1.1  christos 
   3966  1.1  christos       discard_rest_of_line ();
   3967  1.1  christos 
   3968  1.1  christos       len = input_line_pointer - start;
   3969  1.1  christos       first_file_directive = xmemdup0 (start, len);
   3970  1.1  christos 
   3971  1.1  christos       input_line_pointer = start;
   3972  1.1  christos     }
   3973  1.1  christos 
   3974  1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3975  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_file (0);
   3976  1.1  christos   else
   3977  1.1  christos     dwarf2_directive_file (0);
   3978  1.1  christos }
   3979  1.1  christos 
   3980  1.1  christos static void
   3981  1.1  christos s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3982  1.1  christos {
   3983  1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   3984  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_loc (0);
   3985  1.1  christos   else
   3986  1.1  christos     dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
   3987  1.7  christos }
   3988  1.7  christos 
   3989  1.1  christos static void
   3990  1.1  christos s_alpha_stab (int n)
   3991  1.1  christos {
   3992  1.1  christos   /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour.  */
   3993  1.1  christos   if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
   3994  1.1  christos     {
   3995  1.1  christos       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
   3996  1.1  christos       bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   3997  1.1  christos       bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
   3998  1.1  christos 
   3999  1.1  christos       ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
   4000  1.1  christos 
   4001  1.1  christos       if (first_file_directive)
   4002  1.1  christos 	{
   4003  1.1  christos 	  char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
   4004  1.1  christos 	  input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
   4005  1.1  christos 	  ecoff_directive_file (0);
   4006  1.1  christos 	  input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
   4007  1.1  christos 	  free (first_file_directive);
   4008  1.1  christos 	}
   4009  1.1  christos 
   4010  1.1  christos       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   4011  1.1  christos     }
   4012  1.1  christos   s_stab (n);
   4013  1.1  christos }
   4014  1.1  christos 
   4015  1.1  christos static void
   4016  1.1  christos s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
   4017  1.1  christos {
   4018  1.1  christos   static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
   4019  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_begin,
   4020  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_bend,
   4021  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_def,
   4022  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_dim,
   4023  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_endef,
   4024  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_scl,
   4025  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_tag,
   4026  1.1  christos     ecoff_directive_val,
   4027  1.1  christos   };
   4028  1.1  christos 
   4029  1.1  christos   gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
   4030  1.1  christos 
   4031  1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   4032  1.1  christos     (*fns[which]) (0);
   4033  1.1  christos   else
   4034  1.1  christos     {
   4035  1.1  christos       as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
   4036  1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4037  1.1  christos     }
   4038  1.1  christos }
   4039  1.1  christos 
   4040  1.1  christos /* Called at the end of assembly.  Here we emit unwind info for frames
   4041  1.1  christos    unless the compiler has done it for us.  */
   4042  1.1  christos 
   4043  1.1  christos void
   4044  1.1  christos alpha_elf_md_end (void)
   4045  1.1  christos {
   4046  1.1  christos   struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
   4047  1.1  christos 
   4048  1.1  christos   if (cur_frame_data)
   4049  1.1  christos     as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
   4050  1.1  christos 
   4051  1.1  christos   /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great.  */
   4052  1.1  christos   if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
   4053  1.1  christos     return;
   4054  1.1  christos 
   4055  1.1  christos   /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
   4056  1.1  christos      generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
   4057  1.1  christos      Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
   4058  1.1  christos      For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives.  Note that
   4059  1.1  christos      the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet.  */
   4060  1.1  christos   if (all_fde_data != NULL)
   4061  1.1  christos     return;
   4062  1.1  christos 
   4063  1.1  christos   /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified.  */
   4064  1.3  christos   for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
   4065  1.1  christos     if (p->prologue_sym)
   4066  1.1  christos       {
   4067  1.1  christos 	/* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
   4068  1.1  christos 	   function symbol.  This prevents problems with globals.  */
   4069  1.1  christos 	cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
   4070  1.1  christos 				      S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym),
   4071  1.1  christos 				      symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym)));
   4072  1.1  christos 
   4073  1.1  christos 	cfi_set_sections ();
   4074  1.1  christos 	cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
   4075  1.1  christos 	cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4076  1.1  christos 	if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
   4077  1.1  christos 	  {
   4078  1.1  christos 	    unsigned int mask;
   4079  1.1  christos 	    offsetT offset;
   4080  1.1  christos 
   4081  1.1  christos 	    cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
   4082  1.1  christos 
   4083  1.1  christos 	    if (p->fp_regno != 30)
   4084  1.1  christos 	      if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4085  1.1  christos 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
   4086  1.1  christos 	      else
   4087  1.1  christos 		cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
   4088  1.1  christos 	    else if (p->frame_size != 0)
   4089  1.1  christos 	      cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
   4090  1.1  christos 
   4091  1.1  christos 	    mask = p->mask;
   4092  1.1  christos 	    offset = p->mask_offset;
   4093  1.1  christos 
   4094  1.1  christos 	    /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first.  */
   4095  1.1  christos 	    if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
   4096  1.1  christos 	      {
   4097  1.1  christos 	        cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
   4098  1.1  christos 		offset += 8;
   4099  1.1  christos 		mask &= ~(1 << 26);
   4100  1.1  christos 	      }
   4101  1.1  christos 	    while (mask)
   4102  1.1  christos 	      {
   4103  1.1  christos 		unsigned int i;
   4104  1.1  christos 		i = mask & -mask;
   4105  1.1  christos 		mask ^= i;
   4106  1.1  christos 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4107  1.1  christos 
   4108  1.1  christos 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
   4109  1.1  christos 		offset += 8;
   4110  1.1  christos 	      }
   4111  1.1  christos 
   4112  1.1  christos 	    mask = p->fmask;
   4113  1.1  christos 	    offset = p->fmask_offset;
   4114  1.1  christos 	    while (mask)
   4115  1.1  christos 	      {
   4116  1.1  christos 		unsigned int i;
   4117  1.1  christos 		i = mask & -mask;
   4118  1.1  christos 		mask ^= i;
   4119  1.1  christos 		i = ffs (i) - 1;
   4120  1.1  christos 
   4121  1.1  christos 		cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
   4122  1.1  christos 		offset += 8;
   4123  1.1  christos 	      }
   4124  1.1  christos 	  }
   4125  1.1  christos 
   4126  1.1  christos 	cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
   4127  1.1  christos       }
   4128  1.1  christos }
   4129  1.3  christos 
   4130  1.1  christos static void
   4131  1.1  christos s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4132  1.1  christos {
   4133  1.1  christos   char *name, name_end;
   4134  1.3  christos   char *which, which_end;
   4135  1.1  christos   symbolS *sym;
   4136  1.1  christos   int other;
   4137  1.1  christos 
   4138  1.1  christos   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4139  1.1  christos 
   4140  1.3  christos   if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4141  1.3  christos     {
   4142  1.3  christos       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
   4143  1.1  christos       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4144  1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4145  1.1  christos       return;
   4146  1.1  christos     }
   4147  1.1  christos 
   4148  1.1  christos   sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4149  1.1  christos   name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4150  1.1  christos   if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) name_end])
   4151  1.1  christos     input_line_pointer++;
   4152  1.3  christos 
   4153  1.3  christos   if (name_end != ',')
   4154  1.1  christos     {
   4155  1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
   4156  1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4157  1.1  christos       return;
   4158  1.1  christos     }
   4159  1.1  christos 
   4160  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4161  1.1  christos 
   4162  1.1  christos   which_end = get_symbol_name (&which);
   4163  1.1  christos 
   4164  1.1  christos   if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
   4165  1.3  christos     other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
   4166  1.1  christos   else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
   4167  1.1  christos     other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
   4168  1.1  christos   else
   4169  1.1  christos     {
   4170  1.1  christos       as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
   4171  1.1  christos       other = 0;
   4172  1.1  christos     }
   4173  1.1  christos 
   4174  1.1  christos   (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end);
   4175  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4176  1.1  christos 
   4177  1.1  christos   S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
   4178  1.1  christos }
   4179  1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   4180  1.1  christos 
   4181  1.1  christos /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry.  */
   4182  1.1  christos 
   4183  1.5  christos void
   4184  1.1  christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
   4185  1.1  christos {
   4186  1.1  christos   cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
   4187  1.1  christos }
   4188  1.1  christos 
   4189  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   4190  1.1  christos 
   4191  1.1  christos /* Get name of section.  */
   4192  1.1  christos static const char *
   4193  1.1  christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
   4194  1.1  christos {
   4195  1.1  christos   char *name;
   4196  1.1  christos 
   4197  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4198  1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
   4199  1.1  christos     {
   4200  1.1  christos       int dummy;
   4201  1.1  christos 
   4202  1.1  christos       name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
   4203  1.1  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4204  1.1  christos 	{
   4205  1.1  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4206  1.1  christos 	  return NULL;
   4207  1.1  christos 	}
   4208  1.1  christos     }
   4209  1.1  christos   else
   4210  1.1  christos     {
   4211  1.1  christos       char *end = input_line_pointer;
   4212  1.1  christos 
   4213  1.5  christos       while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end))
   4214  1.1  christos 	end++;
   4215  1.1  christos       if (end == input_line_pointer)
   4216  1.1  christos 	{
   4217  1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_("missing name"));
   4218  1.1  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4219  1.1  christos 	  return NULL;
   4220  1.1  christos 	}
   4221  1.1  christos 
   4222  1.1  christos       name = xmemdup0 (input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
   4223  1.1  christos       input_line_pointer = end;
   4224  1.1  christos     }
   4225  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4226  1.1  christos   return name;
   4227  1.1  christos }
   4228  1.1  christos 
   4229  1.1  christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword.  The LSBs are flags to be set,
   4230  1.1  christos    the MSBs are the flags to be cleared.  */
   4231  1.1  christos 
   4232  1.1  christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
   4233  1.1  christos #define EGPS__V_MASK	 0xffff
   4234  1.1  christos 
   4235  1.1  christos /* Parse one VMS section flag.  */
   4236  1.1  christos 
   4237  1.1  christos static flagword
   4238  1.3  christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
   4239  1.1  christos {
   4240  1.1  christos   int no = 0;
   4241  1.1  christos   flagword flag = 0;
   4242  1.1  christos 
   4243  1.1  christos   if (len == 5 && strncmp (str, "NO", 2) == 0)
   4244  1.1  christos     {
   4245  1.1  christos       no = 1;
   4246  1.1  christos       str += 2;
   4247  1.1  christos       len -= 2;
   4248  1.1  christos     }
   4249  1.1  christos 
   4250  1.1  christos   if (len == 3)
   4251  1.1  christos     {
   4252  1.1  christos       if (strncmp (str, "PIC", 3) == 0)
   4253  1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
   4254  1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "LIB", 3) == 0)
   4255  1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
   4256  1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "OVR", 3) == 0)
   4257  1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
   4258  1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "REL", 3) == 0)
   4259  1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_REL;
   4260  1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "GBL", 3) == 0)
   4261  1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
   4262  1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "SHR", 3) == 0)
   4263  1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
   4264  1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "EXE", 3) == 0)
   4265  1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
   4266  1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "WRT", 3) == 0)
   4267  1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
   4268  1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "VEC", 3) == 0)
   4269  1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
   4270  1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "MOD", 3) == 0)
   4271  1.1  christos 	{
   4272  1.1  christos 	  flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4273  1.1  christos 	  no = 0;
   4274  1.1  christos 	}
   4275  1.1  christos       else if (strncmp (str, "COM", 3) == 0)
   4276  1.1  christos 	flag = EGPS__V_COM;
   4277  1.1  christos     }
   4278  1.1  christos 
   4279  1.1  christos   if (flag == 0)
   4280  1.1  christos     {
   4281  1.1  christos       char c = str[len];
   4282  1.1  christos       str[len] = 0;
   4283  1.1  christos       as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
   4284  1.1  christos       str[len] = c;
   4285  1.1  christos       return 0;
   4286  1.1  christos     }
   4287  1.1  christos 
   4288  1.1  christos   if (no)
   4289  1.5  christos     return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
   4290  1.1  christos   else
   4291  1.1  christos     return flag;
   4292  1.1  christos }
   4293  1.1  christos 
   4294  1.1  christos /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op.  */
   4295  1.5  christos 
   4296  1.5  christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
   4297  1.1  christos 
   4298  1.1  christos static const char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
   4299  1.1  christos   { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
   4300  1.1  christos 
   4301  1.1  christos static void
   4302  1.1  christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
   4303  1.1  christos {
   4304  1.1  christos   const char *name;
   4305  1.1  christos   char *beg;
   4306  1.1  christos   segT sec;
   4307  1.1  christos   flagword vms_flags = 0;
   4308  1.1  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4309  1.1  christos 
   4310  1.1  christos   if (secid == 0)
   4311  1.1  christos     {
   4312  1.1  christos       name = s_alpha_section_name ();
   4313  1.1  christos       if (name == NULL)
   4314  1.1  christos         return;
   4315  1.1  christos       sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
   4316  1.1  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   4317  1.1  christos         {
   4318  1.3  christos           /* Skip the comma.  */
   4319  1.1  christos           ++input_line_pointer;
   4320  1.1  christos           SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4321  1.1  christos 
   4322  1.1  christos      	  do
   4323  1.3  christos      	    {
   4324  1.1  christos      	      char c;
   4325  1.1  christos 
   4326  1.3  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4327  1.1  christos      	      c = get_symbol_name (&beg);
   4328  1.1  christos      	      *input_line_pointer = c;
   4329  1.1  christos 
   4330  1.1  christos      	      vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
   4331  1.1  christos 
   4332  1.1  christos      	      SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   4333  1.1  christos      	    }
   4334  1.1  christos      	  while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
   4335  1.1  christos 
   4336  1.1  christos      	  --input_line_pointer;
   4337  1.1  christos         }
   4338  1.1  christos 
   4339  1.1  christos 	symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4340  1.1  christos 	S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
   4341  1.1  christos 	symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
   4342  1.1  christos         bfd_vms_set_section_flags
   4343  1.1  christos           (stdoutput, sec,
   4344  1.1  christos            (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
   4345  1.1  christos            vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
   4346  1.1  christos     }
   4347  1.1  christos   else
   4348  1.1  christos     {
   4349  1.1  christos       get_absolute_expression ();
   4350  1.1  christos       subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
   4351  1.1  christos     }
   4352  1.1  christos 
   4353  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4354  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4355  1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4356  1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4357  1.1  christos }
   4358  1.1  christos 
   4359  1.1  christos static void
   4360  1.1  christos s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4361  1.1  christos {
   4362  1.1  christos   subseg_new (".literals", 0);
   4363  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4364  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4365  1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   4366  1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   4367  1.1  christos }
   4368  1.1  christos 
   4369  1.1  christos /* Parse .ent directives.  */
   4370  1.1  christos 
   4371  1.1  christos static void
   4372  1.1  christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4373  1.1  christos {
   4374  1.1  christos   symbolS *symbol;
   4375  1.1  christos   expressionS symexpr;
   4376  1.1  christos 
   4377  1.1  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
   4378  1.1  christos     as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
   4379  1.1  christos 
   4380  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
   4381  1.1  christos 
   4382  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
   4383  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
   4384  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
   4385  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
   4386  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
   4387  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
   4388  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
   4389  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
   4390  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
   4391  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
   4392  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
   4393  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
   4394  1.1  christos 
   4395  1.1  christos   expression (&symexpr);
   4396  1.1  christos 
   4397  1.1  christos   if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
   4398  1.1  christos     {
   4399  1.1  christos       as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
   4400  1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4401  1.1  christos       return;
   4402  1.1  christos     }
   4403  1.1  christos 
   4404  1.1  christos   symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
   4405  1.1  christos   symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4406  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
   4407  1.1  christos 
   4408  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4409  1.1  christos }
   4410  1.3  christos 
   4411  1.3  christos static void
   4412  1.1  christos s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
   4413  1.1  christos {
   4414  1.1  christos   if (is_data)
   4415  1.1  christos     alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
   4416  1.1  christos   else
   4417  1.1  christos     {
   4418  1.1  christos       char *name, name_end;
   4419  1.1  christos 
   4420  1.1  christos       name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4421  1.1  christos 
   4422  1.1  christos       if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
   4423  1.1  christos 	{
   4424  1.1  christos 	  as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
   4425  1.3  christos 	}
   4426  1.3  christos       else
   4427  1.3  christos 	{
   4428  1.3  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   4429  1.1  christos 
   4430  1.1  christos 	  sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4431  1.1  christos 	  symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
   4432  1.1  christos 	  alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
   4433  1.1  christos 	}
   4434  1.1  christos 
   4435  1.1  christos       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4436  1.1  christos     }
   4437  1.1  christos 
   4438  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4439  1.1  christos }
   4440  1.1  christos 
   4441  1.1  christos /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives.  */
   4442  1.1  christos 
   4443  1.1  christos static void
   4444  1.1  christos s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4445  1.1  christos {
   4446  1.1  christos   long val;
   4447  1.1  christos   int ra;
   4448  1.1  christos 
   4449  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
   4450  1.1  christos 
   4451  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4452  1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
   4453  1.1  christos       || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4454  1.1  christos     {
   4455  1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
   4456  1.1  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4457  1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4458  1.1  christos       return;
   4459  1.1  christos     }
   4460  1.1  christos 
   4461  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
   4462  1.1  christos 
   4463  1.1  christos   ra = tc_get_register (1);
   4464  1.1  christos   if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
   4465  1.1  christos     as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
   4466  1.1  christos 
   4467  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4468  1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4469  1.1  christos     {
   4470  1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
   4471  1.1  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4472  1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4473  1.1  christos       return;
   4474  1.1  christos     }
   4475  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
   4476  1.1  christos }
   4477  1.1  christos 
   4478  1.1  christos /* Parse .prologue.  */
   4479  1.1  christos 
   4480  1.1  christos static void
   4481  1.1  christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4482  1.1  christos {
   4483  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4484  1.1  christos   alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
   4485  1.1  christos     (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   4486  1.1  christos }
   4487  1.3  christos 
   4488  1.1  christos /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
   4489  1.1  christos    Insert a procedure descriptor.  */
   4490  1.1  christos 
   4491  1.1  christos static void
   4492  1.1  christos s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4493  1.1  christos {
   4494  1.1  christos   char *name;
   4495  1.1  christos   char name_end;
   4496  1.1  christos   char *p;
   4497  1.1  christos   expressionS exp;
   4498  1.1  christos   symbolS *entry_sym;
   4499  1.1  christos   const char *entry_sym_name;
   4500  1.1  christos   const char *pdesc_sym_name;
   4501  1.1  christos   fixS *fixp;
   4502  1.1  christos   size_t len;
   4503  1.1  christos 
   4504  1.1  christos   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4505  1.1  christos     {
   4506  1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4507  1.3  christos       return;
   4508  1.1  christos     }
   4509  1.1  christos 
   4510  1.3  christos   expression (&exp);
   4511  1.1  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4512  1.1  christos     {
   4513  1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
   4514  1.1  christos       return;
   4515  1.1  christos     }
   4516  1.1  christos 
   4517  1.1  christos   entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
   4518  1.1  christos   entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
   4519  1.1  christos 
   4520  1.1  christos   /* Strip "..en".  */
   4521  1.1  christos   len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
   4522  1.1  christos   if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
   4523  1.1  christos     {
   4524  1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
   4525  1.1  christos       return;
   4526  1.1  christos     }
   4527  1.1  christos   len -= 4;
   4528  1.1  christos   pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4529  1.1  christos 
   4530  1.1  christos   if (!alpha_evax_proc
   4531  1.1  christos       || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
   4532  1.3  christos       || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
   4533  1.1  christos       || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
   4534  1.1  christos     {
   4535  1.1  christos       as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
   4536  1.1  christos       return;
   4537  1.3  christos     }
   4538  1.1  christos 
   4539  1.1  christos   /* Define pdesc symbol.  */
   4540  1.1  christos   symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
   4541  1.1  christos 
   4542  1.1  christos   /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol.  */
   4543  1.1  christos   ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   4544  1.1  christos      symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
   4545  1.1  christos        = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
   4546  1.1  christos 
   4547  1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4548  1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
   4549  1.1  christos     {
   4550  1.1  christos       as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
   4551  1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4552  1.1  christos       return;
   4553  1.1  christos     }
   4554  1.1  christos 
   4555  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4556  1.1  christos   name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4557  1.1  christos 
   4558  1.1  christos   if (strncmp (name, "stack", 5) == 0)
   4559  1.1  christos     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
   4560  1.3  christos 
   4561  1.1  christos   else if (strncmp (name, "reg", 3) == 0)
   4562  1.1  christos     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
   4563  1.1  christos 
   4564  1.1  christos   else if (strncmp (name, "null", 4) == 0)
   4565  1.1  christos     alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
   4566  1.3  christos 
   4567  1.1  christos   else
   4568  1.1  christos     {
   4569  1.1  christos       (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4570  1.1  christos       as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
   4571  1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4572  1.1  christos       return;
   4573  1.1  christos     }
   4574  1.1  christos 
   4575  1.1  christos   (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
   4576  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4577  1.1  christos 
   4578  1.1  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4579  1.1  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4580  1.1  christos #endif
   4581  1.1  christos 
   4582  1.1  christos   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4583  1.1  christos   p = frag_more (16);
   4584  1.1  christos   fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
   4585  1.1  christos   fixp->fx_done = 1;
   4586  1.1  christos 
   4587  1.1  christos   *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
   4588  1.1  christos     | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
   4589  1.1  christos     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
   4590  1.1  christos     | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
   4591  1.1  christos   *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
   4592  1.1  christos 
   4593  1.1  christos   switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
   4594  1.1  christos     {
   4595  1.1  christos     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
   4596  1.1  christos       *(p + 2) = 0;
   4597  1.1  christos       *(p + 3) = 0;
   4598  1.1  christos       break;
   4599  1.1  christos     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
   4600  1.1  christos       *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
   4601  1.1  christos       *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
   4602  1.1  christos       break;
   4603  1.1  christos     case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
   4604  1.1  christos       md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
   4605  1.1  christos       break;
   4606  1.1  christos     default:		/* impossible */
   4607  1.1  christos       break;
   4608  1.1  christos     }
   4609  1.1  christos 
   4610  1.1  christos   *(p + 4) = 0;
   4611  1.1  christos   *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
   4612  1.1  christos 
   4613  1.1  christos   /* Signature offset.  */
   4614  1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2);
   4615  1.1  christos 
   4616  1.1  christos   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
   4617  1.1  christos                8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4618  1.1  christos 
   4619  1.1  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
   4620  1.1  christos     return;
   4621  1.1  christos 
   4622  1.1  christos   /* pdesc+16: Size.  */
   4623  1.1  christos   p = frag_more (6);
   4624  1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
   4625  1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2);
   4626  1.1  christos 
   4627  1.1  christos   /* Entry length.  */
   4628  1.1  christos   exp.X_op = O_subtract;
   4629  1.1  christos   exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
   4630  1.1  christos   exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
   4631  1.1  christos   emit_expr (&exp, 2);
   4632  1.1  christos 
   4633  1.1  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
   4634  1.1  christos     return;
   4635  1.1  christos 
   4636  1.1  christos   /* pdesc+24: register masks.  */
   4637  1.1  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   4638  1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
   4639  1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
   4640  1.1  christos 
   4641  1.1  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
   4642  1.1  christos     {
   4643  1.1  christos       p = frag_more (8);
   4644  1.1  christos       fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
   4645  1.1  christos 	              alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4646  1.1  christos     }
   4647  1.1  christos 
   4648  1.1  christos   if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
   4649  1.1  christos     {
   4650  1.1  christos       p = frag_more (8);
   4651  1.1  christos       md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
   4652  1.1  christos     }
   4653  1.1  christos }
   4654  1.1  christos 
   4655  1.1  christos /* Support for crash debug on vms.  */
   4656  1.1  christos 
   4657  1.1  christos static void
   4658  1.1  christos s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4659  1.1  christos {
   4660  1.1  christos   char *p;
   4661  1.1  christos   expressionS exp;
   4662  1.1  christos 
   4663  1.1  christos   if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
   4664  1.1  christos     {
   4665  1.1  christos       as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
   4666  1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4667  1.1  christos       return;
   4668  1.1  christos     }
   4669  1.1  christos 
   4670  1.1  christos   expression (&exp);
   4671  1.1  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4672  1.1  christos     {
   4673  1.1  christos       as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
   4674  1.1  christos       demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4675  1.1  christos       return;
   4676  1.1  christos     }
   4677  1.1  christos 
   4678  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4679  1.1  christos 
   4680  1.1  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4681  1.1  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4682  1.1  christos #endif
   4683  1.1  christos 
   4684  1.1  christos   frag_align (3, 0, 0);
   4685  1.1  christos   p = frag_more (8);
   4686  1.1  christos 
   4687  1.1  christos   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
   4688  1.1  christos }
   4689  1.1  christos 
   4690  1.1  christos /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
   4691  1.1  christos    Create a linkage pair relocation.  */
   4692  1.1  christos 
   4693  1.1  christos static void
   4694  1.1  christos s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4695  1.1  christos {
   4696  1.1  christos   expressionS exp;
   4697  1.1  christos   char *p;
   4698  1.1  christos   fixS *fixp;
   4699  1.1  christos 
   4700  1.1  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4701  1.1  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4702  1.1  christos #endif
   4703  1.3  christos 
   4704  1.1  christos   expression (&exp);
   4705  1.1  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4706  1.1  christos     {
   4707  1.1  christos       as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
   4708  1.1  christos     }
   4709  1.1  christos   else
   4710  1.1  christos     {
   4711  1.1  christos       struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
   4712  1.1  christos 
   4713  1.1  christos       p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4714  1.1  christos       memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
   4715  1.5  christos       fixp = fix_new_exp
   4716  1.1  christos 	(frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
   4717  1.1  christos 	 BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
   4718  1.1  christos 
   4719  1.1  christos       if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
   4720  1.1  christos 	alpha_insn_label = symbol_new
   4721  1.1  christos 	  (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
   4722  1.1  christos 
   4723  1.1  christos       /* Create a linkage element.  */
   4724  1.1  christos       linkage_fixup = XNEW (struct alpha_linkage_fixups);
   4725  1.1  christos       linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
   4726  1.1  christos       linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
   4727  1.1  christos       linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
   4728  1.1  christos 
   4729  1.1  christos       /* Append it to the list.  */
   4730  1.1  christos       if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
   4731  1.1  christos         alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
   4732  1.1  christos       else
   4733  1.1  christos         alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
   4734  1.1  christos       alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
   4735  1.1  christos     }
   4736  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4737  1.1  christos }
   4738  1.1  christos 
   4739  1.1  christos /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
   4740  1.1  christos    Create a code address relocation.  */
   4741  1.1  christos 
   4742  1.1  christos static void
   4743  1.1  christos s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4744  1.1  christos {
   4745  1.1  christos   expressionS exp;
   4746  1.1  christos   char *p;
   4747  1.1  christos 
   4748  1.1  christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
   4749  1.1  christos   md_flush_pending_output ();
   4750  1.1  christos #endif
   4751  1.1  christos 
   4752  1.1  christos   expression (&exp);
   4753  1.1  christos   if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
   4754  1.1  christos     as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
   4755  1.1  christos   else
   4756  1.1  christos     {
   4757  1.1  christos       p = frag_more (8);
   4758  1.1  christos       memset (p, 0, 8);
   4759  1.1  christos       fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
   4760  1.1  christos 		   BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
   4761  1.1  christos     }
   4762  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4763  1.1  christos }
   4764  1.1  christos 
   4765  1.1  christos static void
   4766  1.1  christos s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4767  1.1  christos {
   4768  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
   4769  1.1  christos 
   4770  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4771  1.1  christos }
   4772  1.1  christos 
   4773  1.1  christos static void
   4774  1.1  christos s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4775  1.1  christos {
   4776  1.1  christos   long val;
   4777  1.1  christos 
   4778  1.1  christos   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4779  1.1  christos     {
   4780  1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
   4781  1.1  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4782  1.1  christos     }
   4783  1.1  christos   else
   4784  1.1  christos     {
   4785  1.1  christos       alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
   4786  1.1  christos       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4787  1.1  christos     }
   4788  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4789  1.1  christos }
   4790  1.1  christos 
   4791  1.1  christos static void
   4792  1.1  christos s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4793  1.1  christos {
   4794  1.1  christos   long val;
   4795  1.1  christos 
   4796  1.1  christos   if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
   4797  1.1  christos     {
   4798  1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
   4799  1.1  christos       --input_line_pointer;
   4800  1.1  christos     }
   4801  1.1  christos   else
   4802  1.1  christos     {
   4803  1.3  christos       alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
   4804  1.1  christos       (void) get_absolute_expression ();
   4805  1.1  christos     }
   4806  1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4807  1.3  christos }
   4808  1.1  christos 
   4809  1.1  christos static void
   4810  1.1  christos s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4811  1.1  christos {
   4812  1.1  christos   char *name;
   4813  1.1  christos   char c;
   4814  1.1  christos 
   4815  1.1  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4816  1.1  christos   (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
   4817  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4818  1.1  christos   alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
   4819  1.1  christos }
   4820  1.1  christos 
   4821  1.1  christos static void
   4822  1.1  christos s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4823  1.1  christos {
   4824  1.1  christos   symbolS *s;
   4825  1.1  christos   int length;
   4826  1.1  christos   static char case_hack[32];
   4827  1.1  christos 
   4828  1.1  christos   sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
   4829  1.1  christos 	   alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
   4830  1.1  christos 
   4831  1.1  christos   s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
   4832  1.1  christos   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4833  1.1  christos 
   4834  1.1  christos   get_absolute_expression ();
   4835  1.1  christos   s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
   4836  1.1  christos   symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
   4837  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4838  1.1  christos }
   4839  1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX  */
   4840  1.1  christos 
   4841  1.1  christos /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op.  */
   4842  1.1  christos 
   4843  1.1  christos static void
   4844  1.1  christos s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4845  1.1  christos {
   4846  1.1  christos   expressionS e;
   4847  1.1  christos   char *p;
   4848  1.1  christos 
   4849  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4850  1.1  christos   expression (&e);
   4851  1.1  christos 
   4852  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   4853  1.1  christos   switch (e.X_op)
   4854  1.1  christos     {
   4855  1.1  christos     case O_constant:
   4856  1.1  christos       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4857  1.1  christos       e.X_op = O_symbol;
   4858  1.1  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   4859  1.1  christos     case O_symbol:
   4860  1.1  christos       break;
   4861  1.1  christos     default:
   4862  1.1  christos       abort ();
   4863  1.1  christos     }
   4864  1.1  christos #else
   4865  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   4866  1.1  christos   switch (e.X_op)
   4867  1.1  christos     {
   4868  1.1  christos     case O_constant:
   4869  1.1  christos       e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
   4870  1.1  christos       /* fall through */
   4871  1.1  christos     case O_symbol:
   4872  1.1  christos       e.X_op = O_subtract;
   4873  1.1  christos       e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
   4874  1.1  christos       break;
   4875  1.1  christos     default:
   4876  1.1  christos       abort ();
   4877  1.1  christos     }
   4878  1.1  christos #endif
   4879  1.1  christos #endif
   4880  1.1  christos 
   4881  1.1  christos   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
   4882  1.1  christos     alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4883  1.1  christos   if (alpha_current_align > 2)
   4884  1.1  christos     alpha_current_align = 2;
   4885  1.6  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4886  1.1  christos 
   4887  1.1  christos   p = frag_more (4);
   4888  1.1  christos   memset (p, 0, 4);
   4889  1.1  christos   fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
   4890  1.1  christos 	       &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
   4891  1.1  christos }
   4892  1.1  christos 
   4893  1.1  christos /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops.  This is like the
   4894  1.1  christos    generic version, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
   4895  1.1  christos    correctly aligned.  */
   4896  1.1  christos 
   4897  1.1  christos static void
   4898  1.1  christos s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
   4899  1.1  christos {
   4900  1.1  christos   int log_size;
   4901  1.1  christos 
   4902  1.1  christos   switch (type)
   4903  1.1  christos     {
   4904  1.1  christos     default:
   4905  1.1  christos     case 'f':
   4906  1.1  christos     case 'F':
   4907  1.1  christos       log_size = 2;
   4908  1.1  christos       break;
   4909  1.1  christos 
   4910  1.1  christos     case 'd':
   4911  1.1  christos     case 'D':
   4912  1.1  christos     case 'G':
   4913  1.1  christos       log_size = 3;
   4914  1.1  christos       break;
   4915  1.1  christos 
   4916  1.1  christos     case 'x':
   4917  1.1  christos     case 'X':
   4918  1.1  christos     case 'p':
   4919  1.1  christos     case 'P':
   4920  1.1  christos       log_size = 4;
   4921  1.1  christos       break;
   4922  1.1  christos     }
   4923  1.1  christos 
   4924  1.1  christos   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   4925  1.1  christos     alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   4926  1.1  christos   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   4927  1.1  christos     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   4928  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   4929  1.1  christos 
   4930  1.1  christos   float_cons (type);
   4931  1.1  christos }
   4932  1.1  christos 
   4933  1.1  christos /* Handle the .proc pseudo op.  We don't really do much with it except
   4934  1.1  christos    parse it.  */
   4935  1.1  christos 
   4936  1.1  christos static void
   4937  1.1  christos s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4938  1.3  christos {
   4939  1.1  christos   char *name;
   4940  1.1  christos   char c;
   4941  1.1  christos   char *p;
   4942  1.3  christos   symbolS *symbolP;
   4943  1.1  christos   int temp;
   4944  1.1  christos 
   4945  1.1  christos   /* Takes ".proc name,nargs".  */
   4946  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4947  1.1  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4948  1.1  christos   p = input_line_pointer;
   4949  1.1  christos   symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
   4950  1.1  christos   *p = c;
   4951  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   4952  1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4953  1.1  christos     {
   4954  1.1  christos       *p = 0;
   4955  1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
   4956  1.1  christos       *p = c;
   4957  1.1  christos       temp = 0;
   4958  1.1  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4959  1.1  christos     }
   4960  1.1  christos   else
   4961  1.1  christos     {
   4962  1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   4963  1.1  christos       temp = get_absolute_expression ();
   4964  1.1  christos     }
   4965  1.1  christos   /*  *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
   4966  1.1  christos   (void) symbolP;
   4967  1.1  christos   as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
   4968  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4969  1.1  christos }
   4970  1.1  christos 
   4971  1.1  christos /* Handle the .set pseudo op.  This is used to turn on and off most of
   4972  1.1  christos    the assembler features.  */
   4973  1.3  christos 
   4974  1.1  christos static void
   4975  1.1  christos s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4976  1.1  christos {
   4977  1.1  christos   char *name, ch, *s;
   4978  1.1  christos   int yesno = 1;
   4979  1.1  christos 
   4980  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4981  1.1  christos 
   4982  1.1  christos   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   4983  1.1  christos   s = name;
   4984  1.1  christos   if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
   4985  1.1  christos     {
   4986  1.1  christos       yesno = 0;
   4987  1.1  christos       s += 2;
   4988  1.1  christos     }
   4989  1.1  christos   if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
   4990  1.1  christos     /* ignore */ ;
   4991  1.1  christos   else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
   4992  1.1  christos     alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
   4993  1.3  christos   else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
   4994  1.1  christos     alpha_macros_on = yesno;
   4995  1.1  christos   else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
   4996  1.1  christos     /* ignore */ ;
   4997  1.1  christos   else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
   4998  1.1  christos     /* ignore */ ;
   4999  1.1  christos   else
   5000  1.1  christos     as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
   5001  1.1  christos 
   5002  1.1  christos   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   5003  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5004  1.1  christos }
   5005  1.1  christos 
   5006  1.1  christos /* Handle the .base pseudo op.  This changes the assembler's notion of
   5007  1.1  christos    the $gp register.  */
   5008  1.1  christos 
   5009  1.1  christos static void
   5010  1.1  christos s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5011  1.1  christos {
   5012  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   5013  1.1  christos 
   5014  1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   5015  1.1  christos     {
   5016  1.1  christos       /* $rNN form.  */
   5017  1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   5018  1.1  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
   5019  1.1  christos 	input_line_pointer++;
   5020  1.1  christos     }
   5021  1.1  christos 
   5022  1.1  christos   alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
   5023  1.1  christos   if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
   5024  1.1  christos     {
   5025  1.1  christos       alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
   5026  1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
   5027  1.1  christos     }
   5028  1.1  christos 
   5029  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5030  1.1  christos }
   5031  1.1  christos 
   5032  1.1  christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op.  This aligns to a power of two.  It
   5033  1.1  christos    also adjusts any current instruction label.  We treat this the same
   5034  1.1  christos    way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment.  */
   5035  1.1  christos 
   5036  1.1  christos static void
   5037  1.1  christos s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5038  1.1  christos {
   5039  1.1  christos   int align;
   5040  1.1  christos   char fill, *pfill;
   5041  1.1  christos   long max_alignment = 16;
   5042  1.1  christos 
   5043  1.1  christos   align = get_absolute_expression ();
   5044  1.1  christos   if (align > max_alignment)
   5045  1.1  christos     {
   5046  1.1  christos       align = max_alignment;
   5047  1.1  christos       as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
   5048  1.1  christos     }
   5049  1.1  christos   else if (align < 0)
   5050  1.1  christos     {
   5051  1.1  christos       as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
   5052  1.1  christos       align = 0;
   5053  1.1  christos     }
   5054  1.1  christos 
   5055  1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
   5056  1.1  christos     {
   5057  1.1  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   5058  1.1  christos       fill = get_absolute_expression ();
   5059  1.1  christos       pfill = &fill;
   5060  1.1  christos     }
   5061  1.1  christos   else
   5062  1.1  christos     pfill = NULL;
   5063  1.1  christos 
   5064  1.1  christos   if (align != 0)
   5065  1.1  christos     {
   5066  1.1  christos       alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
   5067  1.1  christos       alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
   5068  1.1  christos     }
   5069  1.1  christos   else
   5070  1.1  christos     {
   5071  1.1  christos       alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5072  1.1  christos     }
   5073  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5074  1.1  christos 
   5075  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5076  1.1  christos }
   5077  1.1  christos 
   5078  1.1  christos /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment.  */
   5079  1.1  christos 
   5080  1.1  christos static void
   5081  1.1  christos s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
   5082  1.1  christos {
   5083  1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5084  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5085  1.1  christos   stringer (8 + terminate);
   5086  1.1  christos }
   5087  1.1  christos 
   5088  1.1  christos /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment.  */
   5089  1.1  christos 
   5090  1.1  christos static void
   5091  1.1  christos s_alpha_space (int ignore)
   5092  1.1  christos {
   5093  1.1  christos   alpha_current_align = 0;
   5094  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5095  1.1  christos   s_space (ignore);
   5096  1.1  christos }
   5097  1.1  christos 
   5098  1.1  christos /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment.  */
   5099  1.1  christos 
   5100  1.1  christos void
   5101  1.1  christos alpha_cons_align (int size)
   5102  1.1  christos {
   5103  1.1  christos   int log_size;
   5104  1.1  christos 
   5105  1.1  christos   log_size = 0;
   5106  1.1  christos   while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
   5107  1.1  christos     ++log_size;
   5108  1.1  christos 
   5109  1.1  christos   if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
   5110  1.1  christos     alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
   5111  1.1  christos   if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
   5112  1.1  christos     alpha_current_align = log_size;
   5113  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = NULL;
   5114  1.1  christos }
   5115  1.1  christos 
   5116  1.1  christos /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
   5117  1.1  christos    pseudos.  We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons.  */
   5118  1.1  christos 
   5119  1.1  christos static void
   5120  1.1  christos s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
   5121  1.1  christos {
   5122  1.1  christos   int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
   5123  1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
   5124  1.1  christos   cons (bytes);
   5125  1.1  christos   alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
   5126  1.1  christos }
   5127  1.1  christos 
   5128  1.3  christos /* Switch the working cpu type.  */
   5129  1.3  christos 
   5130  1.1  christos static void
   5131  1.1  christos s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5132  1.1  christos {
   5133  1.1  christos   char *name, ch;
   5134  1.1  christos   const struct cpu_type *p;
   5135  1.1  christos 
   5136  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   5137  1.1  christos 
   5138  1.1  christos   ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
   5139  1.1  christos 
   5140  1.3  christos   for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5141  1.1  christos     if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
   5142  1.1  christos       {
   5143  1.1  christos 	alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5144  1.1  christos 	goto found;
   5145  1.1  christos       }
   5146  1.1  christos   as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
   5147  1.1  christos 
   5148  1.1  christos found:
   5149  1.1  christos   (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
   5150  1.1  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   5151  1.1  christos }
   5152  1.1  christos 
   5153  1.1  christos #ifdef DEBUG1
   5155  1.1  christos /* print token expression with alpha specific extension.  */
   5156  1.1  christos 
   5157  1.1  christos static void
   5158  1.1  christos alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
   5159  1.1  christos {
   5160  1.1  christos   switch (exp->X_op)
   5161  1.1  christos     {
   5162  1.1  christos     case O_cpregister:
   5163  1.1  christos       putc (',', f);
   5164  1.1  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   5165  1.1  christos     case O_pregister:
   5166  1.1  christos       putc ('(', f);
   5167  1.1  christos       {
   5168  1.1  christos 	expressionS nexp = *exp;
   5169  1.1  christos 	nexp.X_op = O_register;
   5170  1.1  christos 	print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
   5171  1.1  christos       }
   5172  1.1  christos       putc (')', f);
   5173  1.1  christos       break;
   5174  1.1  christos     default:
   5175  1.1  christos       print_expr_1 (f, exp);
   5176  1.1  christos       break;
   5177  1.1  christos     }
   5178  1.1  christos }
   5179  1.1  christos #endif
   5180  1.1  christos 
   5181  1.1  christos /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support.  */
   5183  1.1  christos 
   5184  1.1  christos const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
   5185  1.1  christos {
   5186  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5187  1.1  christos   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},	/* OSF1 compiler does this.  */
   5188  1.1  christos   {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
   5189  1.1  christos #endif
   5190  1.1  christos   {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
   5191  1.1  christos   {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
   5192  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5193  1.1  christos   {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
   5194  1.1  christos #endif
   5195  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5196  1.1  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5197  1.1  christos   {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5198  1.1  christos   {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5199  1.1  christos   {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5200  1.1  christos #endif
   5201  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5202  1.1  christos   {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
   5203  1.1  christos   {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
   5204  1.1  christos   {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
   5205  1.1  christos   {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
   5206  1.1  christos   {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
   5207  1.1  christos   {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
   5208  1.1  christos   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5209  1.1  christos   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5210  1.1  christos   {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
   5211  1.1  christos   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5212  1.1  christos   {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
   5213  1.1  christos   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5214  1.1  christos   {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
   5215  1.1  christos   {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
   5216  1.1  christos   {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
   5217  1.1  christos   {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
   5218  1.1  christos   {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
   5219  1.1  christos   {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
   5220  1.1  christos   {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
   5221  1.1  christos   {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
   5222  1.1  christos #endif
   5223  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5224  1.1  christos   /* Frame related pseudos.  */
   5225  1.1  christos   {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
   5226  1.1  christos   {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
   5227  1.1  christos   {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
   5228  1.1  christos   {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
   5229  1.1  christos   {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
   5230  1.1  christos   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5231  1.1  christos   {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
   5232  1.1  christos   {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
   5233  1.1  christos   {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
   5234  1.1  christos   {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
   5235  1.1  christos   {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
   5236  1.1  christos   /* COFF debugging related pseudos.  */
   5237  1.1  christos   {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
   5238  1.1  christos   {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
   5239  1.1  christos   {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
   5240  1.1  christos   {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
   5241  1.1  christos   {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
   5242  1.1  christos   {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
   5243  1.1  christos   {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
   5244  1.1  christos   {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
   5245  1.1  christos #else
   5246  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5247  1.1  christos   {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
   5248  1.1  christos #else
   5249  1.1  christos   {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
   5250  1.1  christos #endif
   5251  1.1  christos #endif
   5252  1.1  christos   {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
   5253  1.1  christos   {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5254  1.1  christos   {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5255  1.1  christos   {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
   5256  1.1  christos   {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
   5257  1.1  christos   {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
   5258  1.1  christos 
   5259  1.1  christos   {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
   5260  1.1  christos   {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
   5261  1.1  christos   {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
   5262  1.1  christos   {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
   5263  1.1  christos   {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
   5264  1.1  christos   {"base", s_alpha_base, 0},		/*??*/
   5265  1.1  christos   {"option", s_ignore, 0},
   5266  1.1  christos   {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
   5267  1.1  christos   {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
   5268  1.1  christos   {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
   5269  1.1  christos 
   5270  1.1  christos   {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
   5271  1.1  christos   {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
   5272  1.1  christos   {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5273  1.1  christos   {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
   5274  1.1  christos   {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
   5275  1.1  christos   {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5276  1.1  christos   {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
   5277  1.1  christos   {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5278  1.1  christos   {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5279  1.1  christos   {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
   5280  1.1  christos 
   5281  1.1  christos /* Unaligned data pseudos.  */
   5282  1.1  christos   {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5283  1.1  christos   {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5284  1.1  christos   {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5285  1.1  christos 
   5286  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5287  1.1  christos /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned.  */
   5288  1.1  christos   {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
   5289  1.1  christos   {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
   5290  1.1  christos   {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
   5291  1.1  christos #endif
   5292  1.1  christos 
   5293  1.1  christos /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these.  */
   5294  1.1  christos   {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
   5295  1.1  christos   {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
   5296  1.1  christos 
   5297  1.1  christos   {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
   5298  1.1  christos 
   5299  1.1  christos   {NULL, 0, 0},
   5300  1.1  christos };
   5301  1.1  christos 
   5302  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5304  1.1  christos 
   5305  1.1  christos /* @@@ GP selection voodoo.  All of this seems overly complicated and
   5306  1.1  christos    unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only.  */
   5307  1.1  christos 
   5308  1.1  christos static inline void
   5309  1.1  christos maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
   5310  1.1  christos {
   5311  1.1  christos   bfd_vma vma;
   5312  1.1  christos 
   5313  1.1  christos   if (!sec)
   5314  1.1  christos     return;
   5315  1.1  christos   vma = bfd_section_vma (sec);
   5316  1.1  christos   if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
   5317  1.1  christos     alpha_gp_value = vma;
   5318  1.1  christos }
   5319  1.1  christos 
   5320  1.1  christos static void
   5321  1.1  christos select_gp_value (void)
   5322  1.1  christos {
   5323  1.1  christos   gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
   5324  1.1  christos 
   5325  1.1  christos   /* Get minus-one in whatever width...  */
   5326  1.1  christos   alpha_gp_value = 0;
   5327  1.1  christos   alpha_gp_value--;
   5328  1.1  christos 
   5329  1.1  christos   /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections.  */
   5330  1.1  christos   maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
   5331  1.1  christos 
   5332  1.1  christos /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here?  If not, why not?  */
   5333  1.1  christos #define GP_ADJUSTMENT	(0x8000 - 0x10)
   5334  1.1  christos 
   5335  1.1  christos   alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
   5336  1.1  christos 
   5337  1.5  christos   S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
   5338  1.1  christos 
   5339  1.1  christos #ifdef DEBUG1
   5340  1.1  christos   printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
   5341  1.1  christos #endif
   5342  1.1  christos }
   5343  1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   5344  1.1  christos 
   5345  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5346  1.1  christos /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL.  */
   5347  1.1  christos 
   5348  1.1  christos bfd_vma
   5349  1.1  christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, const char **ptr_msg)
   5350  1.1  christos {
   5351  1.1  christos   if (letter == 's')
   5352  1.1  christos     return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
   5353  1.1  christos 
   5354  1.1  christos   *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
   5355  1.1  christos   return -1;
   5356  1.1  christos }
   5357  1.1  christos 
   5358  1.1  christos /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA.  */
   5359  1.1  christos 
   5360  1.1  christos flagword
   5361  1.1  christos alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   5362  1.1  christos {
   5363  1.5  christos   if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
   5364  1.5  christos     flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
   5365  1.1  christos   return flags;
   5366  1.1  christos }
   5367  1.1  christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
   5368  1.1  christos 
   5369  1.1  christos /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c.  Fill in the contents
   5370  1.1  christos    of an rs_align_code fragment.  */
   5371  1.1  christos 
   5372  1.1  christos void
   5373  1.1  christos alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
   5374  1.1  christos {
   5375  1.1  christos   static unsigned char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
   5376  1.1  christos   static unsigned char const nopunop[8] =
   5377  1.1  christos   {
   5378  1.1  christos     0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
   5379  1.1  christos     0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
   5380  1.1  christos   };
   5381  1.1  christos 
   5382  1.1  christos   int bytes, fix;
   5383  1.1  christos   char *p;
   5384  1.1  christos 
   5385  1.1  christos   if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
   5386  1.1  christos     return;
   5387  1.1  christos 
   5388  1.1  christos   bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
   5389  1.1  christos   p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
   5390  1.1  christos   fix = 0;
   5391  1.1  christos 
   5392  1.1  christos   if (bytes & 3)
   5393  1.1  christos     {
   5394  1.1  christos       fix = bytes & 3;
   5395  1.1  christos       memset (p, 0, fix);
   5396  1.1  christos       p += fix;
   5397  1.1  christos       bytes -= fix;
   5398  1.1  christos     }
   5399  1.1  christos 
   5400  1.1  christos   if (bytes & 4)
   5401  1.1  christos     {
   5402  1.1  christos       memcpy (p, unop, 4);
   5403  1.1  christos       p += 4;
   5404  1.1  christos       bytes -= 4;
   5405  1.1  christos       fix += 4;
   5406  1.1  christos     }
   5407  1.1  christos 
   5408  1.1  christos   memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
   5409  1.1  christos 
   5410  1.1  christos   fragp->fr_fix += fix;
   5411  1.1  christos   fragp->fr_var = 8;
   5412  1.1  christos }
   5413  1.1  christos 
   5414  1.1  christos /* Public interface functions.  */
   5416  1.1  christos 
   5417  1.1  christos /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time.  It sets
   5418  1.1  christos    up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
   5419  1.1  christos    need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed.  */
   5420  1.1  christos 
   5421  1.1  christos void
   5422  1.1  christos md_begin (void)
   5423  1.1  christos {
   5424  1.1  christos   unsigned int i;
   5425  1.1  christos 
   5426  1.1  christos   /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough.  */
   5427  1.1  christos   {
   5428  1.1  christos     expressionS e;
   5429  1.1  christos 
   5430  1.1  christos     e.X_op = O_max;
   5431  1.1  christos     gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
   5432  1.1  christos   }
   5433  1.1  christos 
   5434  1.1  christos   /* Create the opcode hash table.  */
   5435  1.1  christos   alpha_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
   5436  1.1  christos 
   5437  1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
   5438  1.1  christos     {
   5439  1.1  christos       const char *name, *retval, *slash;
   5440  1.1  christos 
   5441  1.5  christos       name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
   5442  1.1  christos       retval = hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
   5443  1.1  christos       if (retval)
   5444  1.1  christos 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode `%s': %s"),
   5445  1.1  christos 		  name, retval);
   5446  1.1  christos 
   5447  1.1  christos       /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
   5448  1.1  christos 	 syntax, like the architecture manual suggests.  However, for
   5449  1.1  christos 	 use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
   5450  1.1  christos 	 without the "/".  */
   5451  1.1  christos 
   5452  1.1  christos       if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
   5453  1.1  christos 	{
   5454  1.1  christos 	  char *p = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (name));
   5455  1.1  christos 
   5456  1.1  christos 	  memcpy (p, name, slash - name);
   5457  1.1  christos 	  strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1);
   5458  1.1  christos 
   5459  1.1  christos 	  (void) hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
   5460  1.1  christos 	  /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
   5461  1.1  christos 	     variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q".  */
   5462  1.1  christos 	}
   5463  1.1  christos 
   5464  1.1  christos       while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
   5465  1.1  christos 	     && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
   5466  1.1  christos 		 || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
   5467  1.1  christos 	continue;
   5468  1.1  christos     }
   5469  1.1  christos 
   5470  1.1  christos   /* Create the macro hash table.  */
   5471  1.1  christos   alpha_macro_hash = hash_new ();
   5472  1.1  christos 
   5473  1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
   5474  1.1  christos     {
   5475  1.1  christos       const char *name, *retval;
   5476  1.1  christos 
   5477  1.1  christos       name = alpha_macros[i].name;
   5478  1.1  christos       retval = hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_macros[i]);
   5479  1.1  christos       if (retval)
   5480  1.1  christos 	as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash macro `%s': %s"),
   5481  1.1  christos 		  name, retval);
   5482  1.1  christos 
   5483  1.1  christos       while (++i < alpha_num_macros
   5484  1.1  christos 	     && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
   5485  1.1  christos 		 || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
   5486  1.1  christos 	continue;
   5487  1.1  christos     }
   5488  1.1  christos 
   5489  1.1  christos   /* Construct symbols for each of the registers.  */
   5490  1.1  christos   for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
   5491  1.1  christos     {
   5492  1.1  christos       char name[4];
   5493  1.1  christos 
   5494  1.1  christos       sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
   5495  1.1  christos       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
   5496  1.1  christos 					       &zero_address_frag);
   5497  1.1  christos     }
   5498  1.1  christos 
   5499  1.1  christos   for (; i < 64; ++i)
   5500  1.1  christos     {
   5501  1.1  christos       char name[5];
   5502  1.1  christos 
   5503  1.1  christos       sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
   5504  1.1  christos       alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
   5505  1.1  christos 					       &zero_address_frag);
   5506  1.1  christos     }
   5507  1.1  christos 
   5508  1.1  christos   /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using.  */
   5509  1.1  christos 
   5510  1.1  christos   /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects.  */
   5511  1.1  christos   bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
   5512  1.1  christos 
   5513  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5514  1.1  christos   create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
   5515  1.1  christos 
   5516  1.1  christos   /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
   5517  1.7  christos      symbol table.  We'll edit it out of relocs later.  */
   5518  1.7  christos   alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section, 0x8000,
   5519  1.1  christos 				   &zero_address_frag);
   5520  1.1  christos #endif
   5521  1.1  christos 
   5522  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5523  1.1  christos   create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
   5524  1.1  christos #endif
   5525  1.1  christos 
   5526  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5527  1.1  christos   if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
   5528  1.1  christos     {
   5529  1.1  christos       segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0);
   5530  1.1  christos       bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
   5531  1.1  christos       bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
   5532  1.1  christos     }
   5533  1.1  christos #endif
   5534  1.1  christos 
   5535  1.1  christos   /* Create literal lookup hash table.  */
   5536  1.1  christos   alpha_literal_hash = hash_new ();
   5537  1.1  christos 
   5538  1.1  christos   subseg_set (text_section, 0);
   5539  1.1  christos }
   5540  1.1  christos 
   5541  1.1  christos /* The public interface to the instruction assembler.  */
   5542  1.1  christos 
   5543  1.1  christos void
   5544  1.1  christos md_assemble (char *str)
   5545  1.1  christos {
   5546  1.1  christos   /* Current maximum is 13.  */
   5547  1.1  christos   char opname[32];
   5548  1.1  christos   expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   5549  1.1  christos   int ntok, trunclen;
   5550  1.1  christos   size_t opnamelen;
   5551  1.1  christos 
   5552  1.1  christos   /* Split off the opcode.  */
   5553  1.1  christos   opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
   5554  1.1  christos   trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
   5555  1.1  christos 	      ? opnamelen
   5556  1.1  christos 	      : sizeof (opname) - 1);
   5557  1.1  christos   memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
   5558  1.1  christos   opname[trunclen] = '\0';
   5559  1.1  christos 
   5560  1.1  christos   /* Tokenize the rest of the line.  */
   5561  1.1  christos   if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
   5562  1.1  christos     {
   5563  1.1  christos       if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
   5564  1.1  christos 	as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   5565  1.7  christos 
   5566  1.1  christos       return;
   5567  1.1  christos     }
   5568  1.1  christos 
   5569  1.1  christos   /* Finish it off.  */
   5570  1.1  christos   assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
   5571  1.1  christos }
   5572  1.1  christos 
   5573  1.1  christos /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary.  */
   5574  1.1  christos 
   5575  1.1  christos valueT
   5576  1.5  christos md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
   5577  1.1  christos {
   5578  1.1  christos   int align = bfd_section_alignment (seg);
   5579  1.5  christos   valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
   5580  1.1  christos 
   5581  1.1  christos   return (size + mask) & ~mask;
   5582  1.1  christos }
   5583  1.1  christos 
   5584  1.1  christos /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
   5585  1.1  christos    of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP.  The number
   5586  1.1  christos    of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP.  An error message is
   5587  1.6  christos    returned, or NULL on OK.  */
   5588  1.1  christos 
   5589  1.1  christos const char *
   5590  1.1  christos md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
   5591  1.1  christos {
   5592  1.1  christos   extern const char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
   5593  1.1  christos 
   5594  1.1  christos   switch (type)
   5595  1.1  christos     {
   5596  1.1  christos       /* VAX floats.  */
   5597  1.1  christos     case 'G':
   5598  1.1  christos       /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason.  */
   5599  1.1  christos       type = 'g';
   5600  1.5  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   5601  1.1  christos     case 'F':
   5602  1.1  christos     case 'D':
   5603  1.1  christos       return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
   5604  1.1  christos 
   5605  1.1  christos     default:
   5606  1.1  christos       return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, FALSE);
   5607  1.1  christos     }
   5608  1.1  christos }
   5609  1.1  christos 
   5610  1.1  christos /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options.  */
   5611  1.1  christos 
   5612  1.1  christos int
   5613  1.1  christos md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg)
   5614  1.1  christos {
   5615  1.1  christos   switch (c)
   5616  1.1  christos     {
   5617  1.1  christos     case 'F':
   5618  1.1  christos       alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
   5619  1.1  christos       break;
   5620  1.1  christos 
   5621  1.1  christos     case OPTION_32ADDR:
   5622  1.1  christos       alpha_addr32_on = 1;
   5623  1.1  christos       break;
   5624  1.1  christos 
   5625  1.1  christos     case 'g':
   5626  1.1  christos       alpha_debug = 1;
   5627  1.1  christos       break;
   5628  1.1  christos 
   5629  1.1  christos     case 'G':
   5630  1.1  christos       g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
   5631  1.1  christos       break;
   5632  1.1  christos 
   5633  1.1  christos     case 'm':
   5634  1.1  christos       {
   5635  1.1  christos 	const struct cpu_type *p;
   5636  1.1  christos 
   5637  1.1  christos 	for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
   5638  1.1  christos 	  if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
   5639  1.1  christos 	    {
   5640  1.1  christos 	      alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
   5641  1.1  christos 	      goto found;
   5642  1.1  christos 	    }
   5643  1.1  christos 	as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
   5644  1.1  christos       found:;
   5645  1.1  christos       }
   5646  1.1  christos       break;
   5647  1.1  christos 
   5648  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5649  1.1  christos     case '+':			/* For g++.  Hash any name > 63 chars long.  */
   5650  1.1  christos       alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
   5651  1.1  christos       break;
   5652  1.1  christos 
   5653  1.1  christos     case 'H':			/* Show new symbol after hash truncation.  */
   5654  1.1  christos       alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
   5655  1.1  christos       break;
   5656  1.1  christos 
   5657  1.1  christos     case 'h':			/* For gnu-c/vax compatibility.  */
   5658  1.1  christos       break;
   5659  1.1  christos 
   5660  1.1  christos     case OPTION_REPLACE:
   5661  1.1  christos       alpha_flag_replace = 1;
   5662  1.1  christos       break;
   5663  1.1  christos 
   5664  1.1  christos     case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
   5665  1.1  christos       alpha_flag_replace = 0;
   5666  1.1  christos       break;
   5667  1.1  christos #endif
   5668  1.1  christos 
   5669  1.1  christos     case OPTION_RELAX:
   5670  1.1  christos       alpha_flag_relax = 1;
   5671  1.1  christos       break;
   5672  1.1  christos 
   5673  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5674  1.1  christos     case OPTION_MDEBUG:
   5675  1.1  christos       alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
   5676  1.1  christos       break;
   5677  1.1  christos     case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
   5678  1.1  christos       alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
   5679  1.1  christos       break;
   5680  1.1  christos #endif
   5681  1.1  christos 
   5682  1.1  christos     default:
   5683  1.1  christos       return 0;
   5684  1.1  christos     }
   5685  1.1  christos 
   5686  1.1  christos   return 1;
   5687  1.1  christos }
   5688  1.1  christos 
   5689  1.1  christos /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept.  */
   5690  1.1  christos 
   5691  1.1  christos void
   5692  1.1  christos md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
   5693  1.1  christos {
   5694  1.1  christos   fputs (_("\
   5695  1.1  christos Alpha options:\n\
   5696  1.1  christos -32addr			treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
   5697  1.1  christos -F			lack floating point instructions support\n\
   5698  1.1  christos -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
   5699  1.1  christos 			specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
   5700  1.1  christos -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
   5701  1.1  christos 			these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
   5702  1.1  christos 	stream);
   5703  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5704  1.1  christos   fputs (_("\
   5705  1.1  christos VMS options:\n\
   5706  1.1  christos -+			encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
   5707  1.1  christos -H			show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
   5708  1.1  christos -replace/-noreplace	enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
   5709  1.1  christos 	stream);
   5710  1.1  christos #endif
   5711  1.1  christos }
   5712  1.1  christos 
   5713  1.1  christos /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
   5714  1.1  christos    relative to the pc-relative fixup.  Er, relatively speaking.  */
   5715  1.1  christos 
   5716  1.1  christos long
   5717  1.1  christos md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
   5718  1.1  christos {
   5719  1.1  christos   valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   5720  1.1  christos 
   5721  1.1  christos   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5722  1.1  christos     {
   5723  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5724  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5725  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5726  1.1  christos       return addr + 4;
   5727  1.1  christos     default:
   5728  1.1  christos       return addr;
   5729  1.1  christos     }
   5730  1.1  christos }
   5731  1.1  christos 
   5732  1.1  christos /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup.  The return value is
   5733  1.1  christos    ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
   5734  1.1  christos    To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
   5735  1.1  christos 
   5736  1.1  christos    For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
   5737  1.1  christos    internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally.  We had to do
   5738  1.1  christos    this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
   5739  1.1  christos    the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
   5740  1.1  christos    GPDISP.  */
   5741  1.1  christos 
   5742  1.1  christos void
   5743  1.1  christos md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
   5744  1.1  christos {
   5745  1.1  christos   char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
   5746  1.1  christos   valueT value = * valP;
   5747  1.1  christos   unsigned image, size;
   5748  1.1  christos 
   5749  1.1  christos   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   5750  1.1  christos     {
   5751  1.1  christos       /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
   5752  1.1  christos 	 referring to the current function's section;  we need to drop
   5753  1.1  christos 	 in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
   5754  1.1  christos 	 the function, gives the desired GP.  */
   5755  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   5756  1.1  christos       {
   5757  1.1  christos 	fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
   5758  1.1  christos 
   5759  1.1  christos 	/* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
   5760  1.1  christos 	   the matching LO16 reloc.  We will have already issued an
   5761  1.1  christos 	   error message.  */
   5762  1.1  christos 	if (next)
   5763  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
   5764  1.1  christos 			     - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
   5765  1.1  christos 
   5766  1.1  christos 	value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
   5767  1.1  christos       }
   5768  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5769  1.1  christos       fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
   5770  1.1  christos #endif
   5771  1.1  christos       goto do_reloc_gp;
   5772  1.7  christos 
   5773  1.7  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   5774  1.7  christos       value = sign_extend_16 (value);
   5775  1.7  christos       fixP->fx_offset = 0;
   5776  1.7  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5777  1.7  christos       fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5778  1.1  christos #endif
   5779  1.1  christos 
   5780  1.1  christos     do_reloc_gp:
   5781  1.1  christos       fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
   5782  1.1  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5783  1.1  christos       break;
   5784  1.1  christos 
   5785  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_8:
   5786  1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5787  1.1  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
   5788  1.1  christos       size = 1;
   5789  1.1  christos       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5790  1.1  christos 
   5791  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   5792  1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5793  1.1  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
   5794  1.1  christos       size = 2;
   5795  1.1  christos       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5796  1.1  christos 
   5797  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   5798  1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5799  1.1  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
   5800  1.1  christos       size = 4;
   5801  1.1  christos       goto do_reloc_xx;
   5802  1.1  christos 
   5803  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   5804  1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   5805  1.1  christos 	fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
   5806  1.1  christos       size = 8;
   5807  1.1  christos 
   5808  1.1  christos     do_reloc_xx:
   5809  1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5810  1.1  christos 	{
   5811  1.1  christos 	  md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
   5812  1.1  christos 	  goto done;
   5813  1.1  christos 	}
   5814  1.1  christos       return;
   5815  1.1  christos 
   5816  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5817  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5818  1.1  christos       gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
   5819  1.1  christos       fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
   5820  1.1  christos       /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why?  */
   5821  1.1  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
   5822  1.1  christos       break;
   5823  1.1  christos #else
   5824  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   5825  1.1  christos #endif
   5826  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   5827  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   5828  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   5829  1.1  christos       return;
   5830  1.1  christos 
   5831  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   5832  1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5833  1.1  christos 	{
   5834  1.1  christos 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5835  1.1  christos 	  image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5836  1.1  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5837  1.1  christos 	}
   5838  1.1  christos       return;
   5839  1.1  christos 
   5840  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   5841  1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
   5842  1.1  christos 	{
   5843  1.1  christos 	  image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5844  1.1  christos 	  image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5845  1.1  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5846  1.1  christos 	}
   5847  1.1  christos       return;
   5848  1.1  christos 
   5849  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   5850  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   5851  1.1  christos       return;
   5852  1.1  christos 
   5853  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   5854  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   5855  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   5856  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   5857  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   5858  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   5859  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   5860  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   5861  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   5862  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   5863  1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_addsy)
   5864  1.1  christos 	S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   5865  1.1  christos       return;
   5866  1.1  christos #endif
   5867  1.1  christos 
   5868  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   5869  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   5870  1.1  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
   5871  1.1  christos       return;
   5872  1.1  christos #endif
   5873  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   5874  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   5875  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   5876  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   5877  1.1  christos       return;
   5878  1.1  christos 
   5879  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   5880  1.7  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   5881  1.1  christos       value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5882  1.1  christos 
   5883  1.1  christos       /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
   5884  1.1  christos 	 "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
   5885  1.1  christos 	  as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
   5886  1.1  christos 	  and the same test is done again."  */
   5887  1.1  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5888  1.1  christos 	{
   5889  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5890  1.1  christos 	  return;
   5891  1.1  christos 	}
   5892  1.1  christos 
   5893  1.1  christos       if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
   5894  1.1  christos 	goto done;
   5895  1.1  christos       else
   5896  1.1  christos 	{
   5897  1.1  christos 	  /* Change to a nop.  */
   5898  1.1  christos 	  image = 0x47FF041F;
   5899  1.7  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5900  1.1  christos 	}
   5901  1.1  christos 
   5902  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   5903  1.1  christos       /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
   5904  1.1  christos 	 the value for an O_subtract.  */
   5905  1.1  christos       if (fixP->fx_addsy
   5906  1.1  christos 	  && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5907  1.1  christos 	{
   5908  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
   5909  1.1  christos 	  return;
   5910  1.1  christos 	}
   5911  1.1  christos 
   5912  1.1  christos       if (value + (1u << 15) >= (1u << 16))
   5913  1.1  christos 	goto done;
   5914  1.1  christos       else
   5915  1.1  christos 	{
   5916  1.1  christos 	  /* Change to an lda.  */
   5917  1.1  christos 	  image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
   5918  1.1  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5919  1.7  christos 	}
   5920  1.1  christos 
   5921  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   5922  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   5923  1.1  christos       value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4.  */
   5924  1.1  christos 
   5925  1.1  christos       /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above.  */
   5926  1.1  christos       if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
   5927  1.1  christos 	{
   5928  1.1  christos 	  fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
   5929  1.1  christos 	  return;
   5930  1.1  christos 	}
   5931  1.1  christos 
   5932  1.1  christos       if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
   5933  1.1  christos 	{
   5934  1.1  christos 	  /* Out of range.  */
   5935  1.1  christos 	  if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
   5936  1.1  christos 	    {
   5937  1.1  christos 	      /* Add a hint.  */
   5938  1.1  christos 	      image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
   5939  1.1  christos 	      image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
   5940  1.1  christos 	      goto write_done;
   5941  1.1  christos 	    }
   5942  1.1  christos 	  goto done;
   5943  1.1  christos 	}
   5944  1.1  christos       else
   5945  1.1  christos 	{
   5946  1.1  christos 	  /* Change to a branch.  */
   5947  1.1  christos 	  image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
   5948  1.1  christos 	  goto write_done;
   5949  1.1  christos 	}
   5950  1.1  christos #endif
   5951  1.1  christos 
   5952  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   5953  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   5954  1.1  christos       return;
   5955  1.1  christos 
   5956  1.1  christos     default:
   5957  1.1  christos       {
   5958  1.1  christos 	const struct alpha_operand *operand;
   5959  1.1  christos 
   5960  1.1  christos 	if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
   5961  1.1  christos 	  as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
   5962  1.1  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   5963  1.1  christos 
   5964  1.1  christos 	gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
   5965  1.1  christos 	operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
   5966  1.1  christos 
   5967  1.1  christos 	/* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
   5968  1.1  christos 	   resolution and have no representation in the object file.
   5969  1.1  christos 	   Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants.  */
   5970  1.1  christos 
   5971  1.1  christos 	if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
   5972  1.1  christos 	    && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
   5973  1.1  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5974  1.1  christos 			_("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
   5975  1.1  christos 
   5976  1.1  christos 	image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
   5977  1.1  christos 	image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
   5978  1.1  christos 				fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
   5979  1.1  christos       }
   5980  1.1  christos       goto write_done;
   5981  1.1  christos     }
   5982  1.1  christos 
   5983  1.1  christos   if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
   5984  1.1  christos     return;
   5985  1.1  christos   else
   5986  1.1  christos     {
   5987  1.1  christos       as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   5988  1.1  christos 		     _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
   5989  1.1  christos       goto done;
   5990  1.1  christos     }
   5991  1.1  christos 
   5992  1.1  christos write_done:
   5993  1.1  christos   md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
   5994  1.1  christos 
   5995  1.1  christos done:
   5996  1.1  christos   fixP->fx_done = 1;
   5997  1.1  christos }
   5998  1.1  christos 
   5999  1.1  christos /* Look for a register name in the given symbol.  */
   6000  1.1  christos 
   6001  1.1  christos symbolS *
   6002  1.1  christos md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
   6003  1.1  christos {
   6004  1.1  christos   if (*name == '$')
   6005  1.1  christos     {
   6006  1.1  christos       int is_float = 0, num;
   6007  1.1  christos 
   6008  1.1  christos       switch (*++name)
   6009  1.1  christos 	{
   6010  1.1  christos 	case 'f':
   6011  1.1  christos 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6012  1.1  christos 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
   6013  1.1  christos 	  is_float = 32;
   6014  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   6015  1.1  christos 
   6016  1.1  christos 	case 'r':
   6017  1.1  christos 	  if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
   6018  1.1  christos 	    break;
   6019  1.1  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   6020  1.1  christos 
   6021  1.1  christos 	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
   6022  1.1  christos 	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
   6023  1.1  christos 	  if (name[1] == '\0')
   6024  1.1  christos 	    num = name[0] - '0';
   6025  1.1  christos 	  else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
   6026  1.1  christos 	    {
   6027  1.1  christos 	      num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
   6028  1.1  christos 	      if (num >= 32)
   6029  1.1  christos 		break;
   6030  1.1  christos 	    }
   6031  1.1  christos 	  else
   6032  1.1  christos 	    break;
   6033  1.1  christos 
   6034  1.1  christos 	  if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
   6035  1.1  christos 	    as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6036  1.1  christos 	  return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
   6037  1.1  christos 
   6038  1.1  christos 	case 'a':
   6039  1.1  christos 	  if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
   6040  1.1  christos 	    {
   6041  1.1  christos 	      if (!alpha_noat_on)
   6042  1.1  christos 		as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
   6043  1.1  christos 	      return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
   6044  1.1  christos 	    }
   6045  1.1  christos 	  break;
   6046  1.1  christos 
   6047  1.1  christos 	case 'g':
   6048  1.1  christos 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6049  1.1  christos 	    return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
   6050  1.1  christos 	  break;
   6051  1.1  christos 
   6052  1.1  christos 	case 's':
   6053  1.1  christos 	  if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
   6054  1.1  christos 	    return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
   6055  1.1  christos 	  break;
   6056  1.1  christos 	}
   6057  1.1  christos     }
   6058  1.1  christos   return NULL;
   6059  1.1  christos }
   6060  1.1  christos 
   6061  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6062  1.1  christos /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits.  */
   6063  1.1  christos 
   6064  1.1  christos void
   6065  1.1  christos alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
   6066  1.1  christos {
   6067  1.1  christos   select_gp_value ();
   6068  1.1  christos   /* $zero and $f31 are read-only.  */
   6069  1.1  christos   alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
   6070  1.1  christos   alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
   6071  1.1  christos }
   6072  1.1  christos #endif
   6073  1.1  christos 
   6074  1.1  christos /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
   6075  1.1  christos    code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
   6076  1.1  christos    required.  */
   6077  1.1  christos 
   6078  1.1  christos void
   6079  1.1  christos alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
   6080  1.1  christos {
   6081  1.1  christos   alpha_insn_label = sym;
   6082  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6083  1.1  christos   dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
   6084  1.1  christos #endif
   6085  1.1  christos }
   6086  1.1  christos 
   6087  1.1  christos /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
   6088  1.1  christos    there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time.  */
   6089  1.1  christos 
   6090  1.1  christos int
   6091  1.1  christos alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
   6092  1.1  christos {
   6093  1.1  christos   if (alpha_flag_relax)
   6094  1.1  christos     return 1;
   6095  1.1  christos 
   6096  1.1  christos   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6097  1.1  christos     {
   6098  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6099  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6100  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6101  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6102  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6103  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6104  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6105  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6106  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6107  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6108  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6109  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6110  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6111  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6112  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6113  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6114  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6115  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6116  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6117  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6118  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6119  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6120  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6121  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6122  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6123  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6124  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6125  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6126  1.1  christos #endif
   6127  1.1  christos       return 1;
   6128  1.1  christos 
   6129  1.1  christos     default:
   6130  1.1  christos       break;
   6131  1.1  christos     }
   6132  1.1  christos 
   6133  1.1  christos   return generic_force_reloc (f);
   6134  1.1  christos }
   6135  1.1  christos 
   6136  1.1  christos /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now.  */
   6137  1.1  christos 
   6138  1.1  christos int
   6139  1.1  christos alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
   6140  1.1  christos {
   6141  1.1  christos   /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
   6142  1.1  christos      reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it?   */
   6143  1.1  christos   switch (f->fx_r_type)
   6144  1.1  christos     {
   6145  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
   6146  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
   6147  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
   6148  1.1  christos       return 0;
   6149  1.1  christos 
   6150  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
   6151  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
   6152  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
   6153  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6154  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
   6155  1.1  christos       return 1;
   6156  1.1  christos 
   6157  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
   6158  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
   6159  1.1  christos       return 0;
   6160  1.1  christos 
   6161  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
   6162  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
   6163  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
   6164  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
   6165  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
   6166  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   6167  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   6168  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   6169  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
   6170  1.1  christos       return 1;
   6171  1.1  christos 
   6172  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
   6173  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
   6174  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
   6175  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
   6176  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
   6177  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
   6178  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
   6179  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
   6180  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
   6181  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
   6182  1.1  christos       /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
   6183  1.1  christos 	 we're preventing this in the other assemblers.  Follow for now.  */
   6184  1.1  christos       return 0;
   6185  1.1  christos 
   6186  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
   6187  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
   6188  1.1  christos       /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
   6189  1.1  christos          let it get resolved at assembly time.  */
   6190  1.1  christos       {
   6191  1.1  christos 	symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
   6192  1.1  christos 	const char *name;
   6193  1.1  christos 	int offset = 0;
   6194  1.1  christos 
   6195  1.1  christos 	if (generic_force_reloc (f))
   6196  1.1  christos 	  return 0;
   6197  1.1  christos 
   6198  1.1  christos 	switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
   6199  1.1  christos 	  {
   6200  1.1  christos 	  case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
   6201  1.1  christos 	    break;
   6202  1.1  christos 	  case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
   6203  1.1  christos 	    offset = 8;
   6204  1.1  christos 	    break;
   6205  1.1  christos 	  default:
   6206  1.1  christos 	    if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
   6207  1.1  christos 	      name = "<local>";
   6208  1.1  christos 	    else
   6209  1.1  christos 	      name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
   6210  1.1  christos 	    as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
   6211  1.1  christos 		_("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
   6212  1.1  christos 		name);
   6213  1.1  christos 	    break;
   6214  1.1  christos 	  }
   6215  1.1  christos 	f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
   6216  1.1  christos 	f->fx_offset += offset;
   6217  1.1  christos 	return 1;
   6218  1.1  christos       }
   6219  1.1  christos #endif
   6220  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6221  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6222  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6223  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6224  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6225  1.1  christos       return 1;
   6226  1.1  christos #endif
   6227  1.1  christos 
   6228  1.1  christos     default:
   6229  1.5  christos       return 1;
   6230  1.5  christos     }
   6231  1.1  christos }
   6232  1.1  christos 
   6233  1.1  christos /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
   6234  1.1  christos    fixup used internally in the assembler.  */
   6235  1.1  christos 
   6236  1.1  christos arelent *
   6237  1.1  christos tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6238  1.1  christos 	      fixS *fixp)
   6239  1.1  christos {
   6240  1.1  christos   arelent *reloc;
   6241  1.1  christos 
   6242  1.1  christos   reloc = XNEW (arelent);
   6243  1.1  christos   reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
   6244  1.1  christos   *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6245  1.1  christos   reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
   6246  1.1  christos 
   6247  1.1  christos   /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
   6248  1.1  christos      They'd better have been fully resolved by this point.  */
   6249  1.1  christos   gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
   6250  1.1  christos 
   6251  1.1  christos   reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
   6252  1.1  christos   if (reloc->howto == NULL)
   6253  1.1  christos     {
   6254  1.1  christos       as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
   6255  1.1  christos 		    _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
   6256  1.1  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6257  1.1  christos       return NULL;
   6258  1.1  christos     }
   6259  1.1  christos 
   6260  1.1  christos   if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
   6261  1.1  christos     as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
   6262  1.1  christos 	      bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
   6263  1.1  christos 
   6264  1.1  christos   gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
   6265  1.1  christos 
   6266  1.1  christos   reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
   6267  1.1  christos 
   6268  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6269  1.1  christos   /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh.  */
   6270  1.1  christos   /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook.  */
   6271  1.1  christos   if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
   6272  1.1  christos     reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
   6273  1.1  christos #endif
   6274  1.1  christos 
   6275  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
   6276  1.1  christos   switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
   6277  1.1  christos     {
   6278  1.1  christos       struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
   6279  1.1  christos       const char *pname;
   6280  1.1  christos       int pname_len;
   6281  1.1  christos 
   6282  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
   6283  1.1  christos       /* Copy the linkage index.  */
   6284  1.1  christos       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6285  1.1  christos       break;
   6286  1.5  christos 
   6287  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
   6288  1.5  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
   6289  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
   6290  1.1  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
   6291  1.1  christos       pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
   6292  1.1  christos 
   6293  1.1  christos       /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure.  Beware that
   6294  1.1  christos       the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name.  */
   6295  1.1  christos       pname_len = strlen (pname);
   6296  1.1  christos       if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
   6297  1.1  christos 	{
   6298  1.1  christos 	  symbolS *sym;
   6299  1.1  christos 	  char *my_pname = xmemdup0 (pname, pname_len - 4);
   6300  1.1  christos 	  sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
   6301  1.1  christos 	  free (my_pname);
   6302  1.1  christos 	  if (sym == NULL)
   6303  1.1  christos 	    abort ();
   6304  1.1  christos 
   6305  1.5  christos 	  while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
   6306  1.1  christos 	    {
   6307  1.1  christos 	      symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
   6308  1.1  christos 
   6309  1.1  christos 	      /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
   6310  1.1  christos 	         written program.  */
   6311  1.1  christos 	      if (n == sym)
   6312  1.1  christos 		break;
   6313  1.1  christos 	      sym = n;
   6314  1.1  christos 	    }
   6315  1.1  christos 	  pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
   6316  1.1  christos 	}
   6317  1.1  christos 
   6318  1.1  christos       udata = XNEW (struct evax_private_udata_struct);
   6319  1.1  christos       udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
   6320  1.1  christos       udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
   6321  1.1  christos       udata->origname = (char *)pname;
   6322  1.1  christos       udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
   6323  1.1  christos         symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
   6324  1.1  christos       reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
   6325  1.1  christos       reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
   6326  1.1  christos 
   6327  1.1  christos     default:
   6328  1.1  christos       break;
   6329  1.1  christos     }
   6330  1.1  christos #endif
   6331  1.1  christos 
   6332  1.1  christos   return reloc;
   6333  1.1  christos }
   6334  1.1  christos 
   6335  1.1  christos /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
   6336  1.3  christos    number.  Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
   6337  1.3  christos    matching for us.
   6338  1.1  christos 
   6339  1.1  christos    Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive.  */
   6340  1.1  christos 
   6341  1.1  christos int
   6342  1.1  christos tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6343  1.1  christos {
   6344  1.1  christos   int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
   6345  1.1  christos 
   6346  1.1  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   6347  1.1  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
   6348  1.1  christos     {
   6349  1.1  christos       char *s;
   6350  1.1  christos       char c = get_symbol_name (&s);
   6351  1.1  christos       symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
   6352  1.1  christos 
   6353  1.1  christos       *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
   6354  1.1  christos       if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
   6355  1.1  christos 	goto found;
   6356  1.1  christos     }
   6357  1.1  christos   as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
   6358  1.1  christos 
   6359  1.1  christos found:
   6360  1.1  christos   note_gpreg (framereg);
   6361  1.1  christos   return framereg;
   6362  1.1  christos }
   6363  1.1  christos 
   6364  1.1  christos /* This is called before the symbol table is processed.  In order to
   6365  1.1  christos    work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
   6366  1.1  christos    However, in other cases, we want to discard them.  If we were
   6367  1.1  christos    called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
   6368  1.1  christos    mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
   6369  1.1  christos    mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels.  */
   6370  1.1  christos 
   6371  1.1  christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
   6372  1.1  christos 
   6373  1.1  christos void
   6374                alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
   6375                {
   6376                  if (alpha_debug != 0
   6377                      && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
   6378                    flag_keep_locals = 1;
   6379                }
   6380                
   6381                #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
   6382                
   6383                /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
   6384                   IEEE floating point.  We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
   6385                   format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here.  */
   6386                #include "config/atof-vax.c"
   6387